Spelling and typo fixes.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobff2cbcaf237b6803545447731f720d034566e9b9
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (20998 4934
69 ;;;;;; 952905 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (20709 26818
89 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21024 28968
100 ;;;;;; 738399 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (20992 52525 458637
112 ;;;;;; 0))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21180 4150
242 ;;;;;; 280102 0))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
304 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
306 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
307 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
308 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
309 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
310 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
311 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
312 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
313 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
314 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
315 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
316 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
317 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
318 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
319 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
320 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
321 definition will always be cached for later usage.
323 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
325 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
326 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
327 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
329 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
330 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
331 BODY...)
333 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
334 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
335 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
336 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
337 see also `ad-add-advice'.
338 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
339 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
340 before/around/after-advices will be used.
341 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
342 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
343 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
344 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
345 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
346 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
348 Semantics of the various flags:
349 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
350 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
351 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
353 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
354 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
356 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
357 advised function should be compiled.
359 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
360 during activation until somebody enables it.
362 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
363 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
364 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
365 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
367 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
368 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
369 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
370 BODY...)
372 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
374 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
376 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
378 ;;;***
380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21012 37798 962028 0))
381 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
383 (autoload 'align "align" "\
384 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
385 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
386 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
387 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
388 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
389 rule's `separate' attribute).
391 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
392 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
393 `separate' attribute set.
395 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
396 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
397 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
398 on the format of these lists.
400 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
402 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
403 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
404 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
405 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
407 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
408 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
410 Fred (123) 456-7890
411 Alice (123) 456-7890
412 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
413 Joe (123) 456-7890
415 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
416 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
417 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
419 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
420 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
421 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
422 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
423 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
425 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
426 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
427 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
428 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
429 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
430 throughout the line.
432 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
434 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
435 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
437 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
438 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
440 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
442 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
443 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
444 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
445 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
446 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
447 align that section.
449 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
451 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
452 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
453 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
454 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
455 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
456 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
457 been used to align that section.
459 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
461 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
462 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
463 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
464 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
465 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
466 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
467 to be colored.
469 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
471 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
472 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
474 \(fn)" t nil)
476 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
477 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
479 \(fn)" t nil)
481 ;;;***
483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (20996 49577 892030 0))
484 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
485 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
487 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
488 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
490 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
492 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
494 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
495 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
497 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
498 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
500 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
501 `allout-auto-activation'.
503 \(fn)" nil nil)
505 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
506 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
508 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
509 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
510 file variable `allout-layout'.
512 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
513 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
514 specified layout is applied.
516 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
517 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
519 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
520 Auto-layout is not.
522 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
524 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
526 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
530 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
532 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
538 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
540 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
542 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
544 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
546 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
548 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
550 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
552 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
554 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
556 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
558 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
559 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
561 \(fn)" nil t)
563 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
564 Toggle Allout outline mode.
565 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
566 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
567 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
569 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
570 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
571 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
572 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
573 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
574 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
575 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 outline.)
578 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
580 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
581 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
582 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
583 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
584 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
585 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
586 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
587 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
589 and many other features.
591 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
592 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
593 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
594 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
595 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
597 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
598 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
599 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
600 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
601 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
602 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
603 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
604 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
605 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
606 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
608 Exposure Control:
609 ----------------
610 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
611 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
612 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
613 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
614 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
616 Navigation:
617 ----------
618 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
619 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
620 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
621 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
622 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
623 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
624 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
625 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
626 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
627 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
630 Topic Header Production:
631 -----------------------
632 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
633 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
634 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
636 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
637 ---------------------------------
638 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
639 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
640 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
641 current topic
642 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
643 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
644 are alternated according to nesting depth.
645 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
646 the offspring are not affected.
647 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
649 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
650 ----------------------------------
651 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
652 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
653 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
654 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
655 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
656 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
657 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
658 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
660 Topic-oriented Encryption:
661 -------------------------
662 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
663 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
665 Misc commands:
666 -------------
667 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
668 and establish a default file-var setting
669 for `allout-layout'.
670 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
671 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
673 buffer with name derived from derived from that
674 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
675 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
676 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
677 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
678 format.
679 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
680 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
681 auto-activation.
683 Topic Encryption
685 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
686 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
687 pending encryption on save.
689 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
690 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
691 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
692 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
693 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
695 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
696 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
697 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
698 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
699 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
700 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
701 signal.
703 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
704 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
705 for details.
707 HOT-SPOT Operation
709 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
710 navigation and exposure control.
712 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
713 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
714 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
715 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
716 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
718 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
719 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
720 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
721 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
722 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
724 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
725 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
726 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
727 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
728 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
729 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
730 at the beginning of the current entry.
732 Extending Allout
734 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
735 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
736 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
738 `allout-mode-hook'
739 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
740 `allout-mode-off-hook'
741 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
742 `allout-structure-added-functions'
743 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
744 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
745 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
746 `allout-post-undo-hook'
748 Terminology
750 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
752 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
753 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
754 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
755 CURRENT ITEM:
756 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
757 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
758 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
759 called the:
760 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
762 ANCESTORS:
763 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
764 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
765 of the ITEM.
766 OFFSPRING:
767 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
768 SUBTOPIC:
769 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
770 CHILD:
771 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
772 SIBLINGS:
773 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
775 Topic text constituents:
777 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
778 text.
779 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
780 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
781 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
782 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
783 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
784 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
785 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
786 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
787 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
788 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
789 the PREFIX.
791 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
792 of the ITEM.
793 PREFIX-LEAD:
794 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
795 It can be customized by changing the setting of
796 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
798 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
799 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
800 program code without interfering with processing of the text
801 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
802 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
803 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
804 docstring for more detail.
805 PREFIX-PADDING:
806 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
807 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
808 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
809 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
810 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
811 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
812 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
813 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
814 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
815 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
816 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
817 more details.
818 EXPOSURE:
819 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
820 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
821 CONCEALED:
822 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
823 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
825 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
826 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
827 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
831 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
833 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
834 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
836 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
837 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
841 ;;;***
843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21124
844 ;;;;;; 45367 88860 0))
845 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
846 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
848 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
849 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
851 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
853 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
855 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
856 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
858 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
859 visiting an outline.
861 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
862 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
864 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
865 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
866 you want allout widgets operation.
868 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
870 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
872 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
874 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
875 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
876 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
877 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
878 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
880 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
881 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
882 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
884 The graphics include:
886 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
888 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
889 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
891 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
892 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
894 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
895 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
896 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
900 ;;;***
902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21032 23080 765139
903 ;;;;;; 0))
904 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
906 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
908 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
909 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
910 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
911 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
912 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
913 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
915 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
917 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
920 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
922 ;;;***
924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (20709 26818 907104
925 ;;;;;; 0))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
928 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
929 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
930 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
931 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
932 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
933 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
934 in the current window.
936 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
938 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
939 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
940 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
941 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
942 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
943 buffer if one does not exist.
945 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
947 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
948 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
949 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
950 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
951 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
953 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
955 ;;;***
957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21086 26537 509049
958 ;;;;;; 0))
959 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
960 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
962 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
963 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
965 \(fn)" t nil)
967 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
968 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
970 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
971 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
972 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
973 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
975 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
976 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
978 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
980 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
982 ;;;***
984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21022
985 ;;;;;; 34805 522289 827000))
986 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
987 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
989 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
990 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
991 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
992 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
993 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
994 \\[yank].
996 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
997 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
998 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
999 the rules.
1001 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1002 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1003 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1004 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1006 \(fn)" t nil)
1008 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1009 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1011 \(fn)" t nil)
1013 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1014 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1015 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1017 \(fn)" nil nil)
1019 ;;;***
1021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (20992 52525 458637
1022 ;;;;;; 0))
1023 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1025 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1026 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1027 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1028 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1029 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1030 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1032 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1034 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1035 Toggle checking of appointments.
1036 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1037 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1041 ;;;***
1043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21169 33848 692645
1044 ;;;;;; 0))
1045 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1047 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1048 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1049 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1050 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1052 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1053 kind of objects to search.
1055 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1057 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1058 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1059 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1060 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1061 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1062 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1064 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1065 variables, not just user options.
1067 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1069 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1070 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1071 When DO-NOT-ALL is not-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1072 like `apropos-user-option'.
1074 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1076 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1078 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1079 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1080 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1081 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1082 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1083 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1085 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1086 noninteractive functions.
1088 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1089 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1091 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1092 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1094 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1096 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1097 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1099 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1101 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1102 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1103 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1104 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1106 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1107 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1108 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1109 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1111 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1112 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1114 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1116 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1118 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1119 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1120 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1121 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1122 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1124 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1126 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1127 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1128 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1129 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1130 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1131 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1133 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1134 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1135 names and values of properties.
1137 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1139 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1141 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1142 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1143 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1144 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1145 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1146 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1148 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1149 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1150 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1151 documentation strings.
1153 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1155 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1157 ;;;***
1159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21168 62144 266424
1160 ;;;;;; 0))
1161 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1163 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1164 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1165 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1166 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1167 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1168 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1170 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1171 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1172 archive.
1174 \\{archive-mode-map}
1176 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1178 ;;;***
1180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
1181 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1183 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1184 Major mode for editing arrays.
1186 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1187 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1188 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1190 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1192 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1193 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1194 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1196 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1197 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1198 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1199 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1200 The variables are:
1202 Variables you assign:
1203 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1204 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1205 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1206 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1207 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1208 row numbers in the buffer.
1210 Variables which are calculated:
1211 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1212 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1214 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1215 take a numeric prefix argument):
1217 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1218 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1219 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1220 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1222 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1223 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1224 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1225 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1227 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1228 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1229 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1230 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1232 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1233 between that of point and mark.
1235 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1236 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1238 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1239 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1240 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1241 newlines inside rows)
1243 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1245 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1247 \(fn)" t nil)
1249 ;;;***
1251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20891 18859
1252 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
1253 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1254 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1256 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1257 Toggle Artist mode.
1258 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1259 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1260 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1262 How to quit Artist mode
1264 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1267 How to submit a bug report
1269 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1272 Drawing with the mouse:
1274 mouse-2
1275 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1276 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1277 below).
1279 mouse-1
1280 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1281 or pastes:
1283 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1286 to new point
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1303 lines
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309 Paste Paste Paste
1310 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1312 --------------------------------------------------------------
1314 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1315 or diagonally.
1317 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1318 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1319 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1320 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1321 poly-lines.
1323 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1324 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1325 overwrite means the opposite.
1327 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1328 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1329 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1331 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1333 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1334 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1336 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1337 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1338 are currently drawing something.
1340 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1341 some time to fill.
1344 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1345 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1348 Settings
1350 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1352 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1354 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1356 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1358 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1359 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1361 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1364 Drawing with keys
1366 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1367 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1368 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1369 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1370 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1371 When pasting: Pastes
1373 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1375 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1377 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1378 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1379 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1380 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1381 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1382 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1385 Arrows
1387 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1388 of the line/poly-line
1390 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1391 of the line/poly-line
1394 Selecting operation
1396 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1398 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1401 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1402 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1405 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1406 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1407 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1408 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1409 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1410 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1411 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1413 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1414 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1415 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1417 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1420 Variables
1422 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1423 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1425 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1426 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1427 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1428 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1429 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1430 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1431 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1432 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1433 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1434 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1435 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1436 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1437 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1438 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1439 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1440 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1441 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1442 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1443 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1445 Hooks
1447 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1450 Keymap summary
1452 \\{artist-mode-map}
1454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1456 ;;;***
1458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20709 26818
1459 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1462 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1463 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1464 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1466 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1467 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1468 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1471 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1472 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1474 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1475 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1477 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1479 Special commands:
1480 \\{asm-mode-map}
1482 \(fn)" t nil)
1484 ;;;***
1486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (20953
1487 ;;;;;; 16424 151515 0))
1488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1490 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1491 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1492 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1493 let-binding.")
1495 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1497 ;;;***
1499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21056 5418 85093 0))
1500 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1502 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1503 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1504 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1506 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1508 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1509 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1510 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1511 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1512 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1514 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1515 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1516 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1517 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1518 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1519 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1520 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1521 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1523 For example:
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1525 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1526 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1527 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1528 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1530 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1534 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1535 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1536 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1537 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1538 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1539 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1541 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1543 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1544 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1545 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1546 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1547 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1549 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1550 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1551 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1553 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1557 ;;;***
1559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21116 51266
1560 ;;;;;; 54795 0))
1561 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1563 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1564 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1566 \(fn)" t nil)
1568 ;;;***
1570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21056 5418 85093
1571 ;;;;;; 0))
1572 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1574 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1575 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1576 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1578 \(fn)" t nil)
1580 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1581 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1582 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1583 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1585 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1587 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1588 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1589 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1590 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1591 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1592 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1594 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1596 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1597 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1598 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1599 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1600 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1602 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1603 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1607 ;;;***
1609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21105
1610 ;;;;;; 27518 41539 966000))
1611 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1615 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1657 ;;;***
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21158 63543 410490
1660 ;;;;;; 0))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1746 ;;;***
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21028 26023 305371 0))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1778 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1780 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1781 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1782 definition of \"random distance\".)
1784 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1786 ;;;***
1788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21024 28968
1789 ;;;;;; 738399 0))
1790 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1792 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1794 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1795 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1797 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1798 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1799 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1801 \\{bat-mode-map}
1803 \(fn)" t nil)
1805 ;;;***
1807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21096 9821 480125 690000))
1808 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1809 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1811 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1812 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1813 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1814 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1816 \(fn)" t nil)
1818 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1819 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1820 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1822 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1823 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1825 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1827 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1828 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1829 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1830 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1831 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1833 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1834 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1835 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1836 seconds.
1838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1840 ;;;***
1842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20709
1843 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
1844 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1846 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1847 Time execution of FORMS.
1848 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1849 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1850 FORMS once.
1851 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1852 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1853 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1855 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1857 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1859 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1860 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1861 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1862 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1863 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1865 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1867 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1869 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1870 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1871 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1872 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1873 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1875 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1877 ;;;***
1879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21036 20141
1880 ;;;;;; 396718 0))
1881 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1883 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1884 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1885 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1886 of corresponding buffers.
1887 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1888 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1889 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1890 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1891 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1893 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1894 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1895 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1897 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1899 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1900 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1902 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1904 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1905 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1906 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1907 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1909 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1910 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1911 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1912 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1913 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1915 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1916 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1919 Special information:
1921 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1923 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1924 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1925 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1926 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1927 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1928 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1929 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1931 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1932 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1933 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1935 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1936 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1937 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1938 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1939 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1940 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1941 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1942 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1944 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1946 ----------------------------------------------------------
1947 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1948 if that value is non-nil.
1950 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1952 \(fn)" t nil)
1954 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1955 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1956 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1957 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1958 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1959 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1960 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1961 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1962 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1963 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1964 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1965 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1967 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1969 ;;;***
1971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1972 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1973 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1975 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1976 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1978 \(fn)" t nil)
1980 ;;;***
1982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (20709 26818 907104
1983 ;;;;;; 0))
1984 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1986 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1987 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1989 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1990 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1991 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1993 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1995 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1996 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1998 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2000 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2001 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2003 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2005 ;;;***
2007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21040 17194
2008 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
2009 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2011 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2012 Play blackbox.
2013 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2015 What is blackbox?
2017 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2018 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2019 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2020 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2021 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2022 your score.
2024 Overview of play:
2026 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2027 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2028 four.
2030 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2031 movement keys.
2033 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2034 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2036 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2037 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2039 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2040 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2041 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2042 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2043 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2044 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2046 Details:
2048 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2050 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2051 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2052 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2053 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2055 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2056 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2057 denoted by the letter `R'.
2059 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2060 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2061 denoted by the letter `H'.
2063 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2064 example.
2066 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2067 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2068 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2069 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2070 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2071 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2072 ray.
2074 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2075 degree deflection it causes.
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2080 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2081 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2085 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2088 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2089 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2102 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2103 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2104 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2105 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2106 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2107 emerging from the box.
2109 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2116 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2120 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2121 a reflection.
2123 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2125 ;;;***
2127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21040 17194 398147
2128 ;;;;;; 0))
2129 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2132 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2134 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2135 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2136 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2137 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2138 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2139 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2140 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2142 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2143 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2144 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2146 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2147 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2148 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2149 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2150 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2151 recent one.
2153 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2154 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2155 yank successive words.
2157 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2158 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2159 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2160 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2161 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2163 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2164 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2165 the list of bookmarks.)
2167 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2169 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2170 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2171 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2172 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2173 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2174 this.
2176 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2177 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2178 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2179 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2181 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2182 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2184 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2185 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2186 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2188 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2190 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2191 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2193 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2195 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2196 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2198 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2199 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2200 after a bookmark was set in it.
2202 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2204 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2205 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2207 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2208 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2210 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2212 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2214 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2215 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2216 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2217 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2219 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2220 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2221 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2223 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2224 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2225 name.
2227 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2229 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2230 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2231 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2233 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2234 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2235 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2236 this.
2238 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2240 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2241 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2243 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2244 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2245 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2246 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2247 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2248 probably because we were called from there.
2250 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2252 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2253 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2254 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2256 \(fn)" t nil)
2258 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2259 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2260 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2261 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2262 \(second argument).
2264 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2265 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2266 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2267 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2268 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2270 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2271 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2272 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2273 `bookmark-default-file'.
2275 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2277 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2278 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2279 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2280 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2281 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2282 while loading.
2284 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2285 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2286 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2287 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2288 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2289 explicitly.
2291 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2292 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2293 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2294 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2296 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2298 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2299 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2300 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2301 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2302 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2304 \(fn)" t nil)
2306 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2308 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2310 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2311 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2313 \(fn)" t nil)
2315 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2317 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2319 ;;;***
2321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21168 62144
2322 ;;;;;; 266424 0))
2323 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2325 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2326 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2327 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2328 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2330 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2331 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2332 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2333 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2334 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2336 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2338 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2339 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2340 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2341 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2342 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2343 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2345 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2347 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2348 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2349 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2350 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2351 narrowed.
2353 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2355 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2356 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2358 \(fn)" t nil)
2360 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2361 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2363 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2365 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2366 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2367 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2368 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2369 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2370 first, if that exists.
2372 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2374 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2375 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2376 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2377 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2381 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2382 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2383 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2384 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2385 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2386 to use.
2388 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2390 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2391 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2392 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2393 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2395 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2397 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2398 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2399 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2400 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2402 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2403 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2404 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2405 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2407 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2408 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2409 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2411 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2412 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2414 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2416 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2417 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2418 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2419 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2421 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2422 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2423 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2424 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2426 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2427 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2428 new tab in an existing window instead.
2430 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2431 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2433 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2435 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2436 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2437 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2438 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2439 Firefox.
2441 When called interactively, if variable
2442 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2443 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2444 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2445 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2447 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2448 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2449 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2451 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2452 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2455 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2456 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2457 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2458 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2459 URL in a new window.
2461 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2463 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2464 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2465 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2466 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2467 Chromium.
2469 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2471 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2472 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2473 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2474 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2476 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2477 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2478 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2479 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2481 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2482 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2483 new tab in an existing window instead.
2485 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2486 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2488 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2490 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2491 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2493 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2495 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2496 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2497 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2498 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2500 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2501 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2502 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2503 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2506 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2508 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2510 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2511 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2513 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2514 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2515 program is invoked according to the variable
2516 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2518 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2519 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2520 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2521 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2523 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2524 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2526 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2528 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2529 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2530 Default to the URL around or before point.
2532 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2533 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2534 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2536 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2537 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2538 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2539 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2541 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2542 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2544 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2546 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2547 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2548 Default to the URL around or before point.
2550 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2551 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2552 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2554 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2555 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2557 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2559 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2560 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2561 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2562 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2564 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2566 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2567 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2568 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2569 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2570 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2571 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2573 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2575 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2576 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2577 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2578 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2579 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2581 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2582 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2583 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2584 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2586 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2587 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2589 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2591 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2592 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2593 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2594 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2595 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2596 current one.
2598 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2599 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2600 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2601 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2603 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2604 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2606 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2608 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2609 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2610 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2611 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2612 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2613 don't offer a form of remote control.
2615 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2617 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2618 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2619 Default to the URL around or before point.
2621 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2623 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2624 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2625 Default to the URL around the point.
2627 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2628 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2630 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2631 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2633 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2635 ;;;***
2637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
2638 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2639 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2641 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2642 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2643 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2644 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2646 \(fn)" t nil)
2648 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2649 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2650 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2651 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2653 \(fn)" t nil)
2655 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2656 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2658 \(fn)" t nil)
2660 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2661 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2662 \\<bs-mode-map>
2663 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2664 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2665 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2666 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2668 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2669 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2670 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2671 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2672 name of buffer configuration.
2674 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2676 ;;;***
2678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21041 38058 75002
2679 ;;;;;; 0))
2680 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2682 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2683 Play Bubbles game.
2684 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2685 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2686 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2687 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2688 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2689 columns on its right towards the left.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2694 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2696 \(fn)" t nil)
2698 ;;;***
2700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2701 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
2702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2704 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2706 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2707 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2708 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2709 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2710 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2714 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2715 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2719 ;;;***
2721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21145
2722 ;;;;;; 51520 109004 0))
2723 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2724 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2725 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2726 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2728 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2730 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2731 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2732 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2733 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2734 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2735 else the global value will be modified.
2737 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2739 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2740 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2741 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2742 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2743 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2744 else the global value will be modified.
2746 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2748 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2749 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2750 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2752 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2754 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2755 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2756 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2757 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2759 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2760 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2761 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2762 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2763 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2764 before scanning it.
2766 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2767 that already has a `.elc' file.
2769 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2770 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2772 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2773 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2774 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2775 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2776 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2777 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2779 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2781 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2782 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2783 Print the result in the echo area.
2784 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2788 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2789 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2790 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2792 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2794 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2795 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2796 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2797 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2798 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2799 all functions called by those functions.
2801 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2802 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2803 cons, etc.).
2805 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2806 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2807 invoked interactively.
2809 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2811 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2812 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2813 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2814 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2816 \(fn)" nil nil)
2818 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2819 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2820 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2821 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2822 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2823 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2824 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2825 already up-to-date.
2827 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2829 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2830 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2831 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2832 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2834 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2835 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2836 and corresponding effects.
2838 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2840 ;;;***
2842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21023
2843 ;;;;;; 8104 618865 0))
2844 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2846 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2848 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2850 ;;;***
2852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20709 26818
2853 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
2854 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2856 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2858 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2860 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2862 ;;;***
2864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (20709
2865 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
2866 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2868 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2869 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2870 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2871 from the cursor position.
2873 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2875 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2877 ;;;***
2879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21172 10041 427978 0))
2880 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2881 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2883 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2884 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2888 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2889 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2891 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2893 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2894 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2896 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2898 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2899 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2901 \(fn)" t nil)
2903 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2904 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2905 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2906 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2908 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2910 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2911 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2912 This is most useful in the X window system.
2913 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2914 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2916 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2918 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2919 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2920 See calc-keypad for details.
2922 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2924 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2925 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2927 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2929 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2930 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2932 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2934 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2935 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2937 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2939 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2940 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2941 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2943 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2945 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2946 Define Calc function.
2948 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2949 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2950 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2952 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2953 actual Lisp function name.
2955 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2957 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2959 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2961 ;;;***
2963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20709 26818
2964 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
2965 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2967 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2970 \(fn N)" t nil)
2972 ;;;***
2974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21031 2230 839140
2975 ;;;;;; 0))
2976 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2978 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2979 Run the Emacs calculator.
2980 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2982 \(fn)" t nil)
2984 ;;;***
2986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20993 36675
2987 ;;;;;; 840108 928000))
2988 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2990 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2991 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2992 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2993 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2994 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2995 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2997 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2998 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2999 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3000 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3001 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3002 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3003 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3004 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3005 window.
3007 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3008 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3010 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3011 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3012 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3013 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3014 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3015 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3017 Runs the following hooks:
3019 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3020 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3021 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3022 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3024 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3028 ;;;***
3030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (20709 26818 907104
3031 ;;;;;; 0))
3032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3034 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3035 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3037 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3039 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3040 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3041 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3042 it fails.
3044 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3046 ;;;***
3048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (20709
3049 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3052 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3053 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3054 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3055 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3056 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3058 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3059 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3060 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3061 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3062 restriction to ASCII.
3064 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3066 capitalizedWorDD
3067 ^ ^ ^^
3069 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3070 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3071 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3073 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3074 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3075 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3076 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3077 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3078 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3079 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3081 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3082 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3086 ;;;***
3088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20709
3089 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3090 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3091 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3093 ;;;***
3095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21102
3096 ;;;;;; 14759 136845 0))
3097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3099 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3100 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3102 \(fn)" nil nil)
3104 ;;;***
3106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20709 26818
3107 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
3108 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3110 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3111 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3113 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3114 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3116 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3117 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3119 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3121 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3122 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3123 made from scratch.
3125 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3127 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3128 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3130 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3131 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3132 made from scratch.
3134 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3136 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3137 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3139 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3141 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3142 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3143 made from scratch.
3145 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3147 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3148 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3150 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3151 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3152 made from scratch.
3154 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3156 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3157 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3159 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3161 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3162 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3163 made from scratch.
3165 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3167 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3168 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3170 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3171 variables are guessed:
3173 * `c-basic-offset', and
3174 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3175 `c-offsets-alist'.
3177 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3178 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3180 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3181 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3183 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3184 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3185 guess is made from scratch.
3187 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3188 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3190 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3192 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3193 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3194 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3195 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3197 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3198 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3199 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3201 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3203 ;;;***
3205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21040 17194
3206 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
3207 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3209 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3210 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3211 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3212 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3213 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3214 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3215 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3217 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3218 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3219 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3220 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3222 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3223 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3224 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3225 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3227 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3228 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3229 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3230 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3231 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3232 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3234 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3236 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3237 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3239 Key bindings:
3240 \\{c-mode-map}
3242 \(fn)" t nil)
3244 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3245 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3246 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3247 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3248 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3249 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3250 message.
3252 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3254 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3255 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3257 Key bindings:
3258 \\{c++-mode-map}
3260 \(fn)" t nil)
3261 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3263 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3264 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3265 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3266 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3267 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3268 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3269 message.
3271 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3273 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3274 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3276 Key bindings:
3277 \\{objc-mode-map}
3279 \(fn)" t nil)
3280 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3282 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3283 Major mode for editing Java code.
3284 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3285 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3286 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3287 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3288 message.
3290 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3292 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3293 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3295 Key bindings:
3296 \\{java-mode-map}
3298 \(fn)" t nil)
3299 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3301 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3302 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3303 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3304 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3305 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3306 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3307 message.
3309 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3311 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3312 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3314 Key bindings:
3315 \\{idl-mode-map}
3317 \(fn)" t nil)
3318 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3319 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3321 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3322 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3323 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3324 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3325 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3326 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3327 message.
3329 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3331 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3332 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3334 Key bindings:
3335 \\{pike-mode-map}
3337 \(fn)" t nil)
3338 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3339 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3340 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3341 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3342 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3344 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3345 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3346 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3347 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3348 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3349 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3351 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3353 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3354 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3356 Key bindings:
3357 \\{awk-mode-map}
3359 \(fn)" t nil)
3361 ;;;***
3363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20709
3364 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3365 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3367 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3368 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3369 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3370 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3372 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3374 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3375 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3376 might get set too.
3378 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3379 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3380 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3381 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3382 in this way.
3384 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3385 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3386 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3387 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3388 a null operation.
3390 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3392 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3393 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3394 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3395 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3397 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3399 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3400 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3401 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3403 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3405 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3406 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3407 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3408 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3409 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3411 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3413 ;;;***
3415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20907 7082
3416 ;;;;;; 901087 0))
3417 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3418 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3419 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3420 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3422 ;;;***
3424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (20884 7264 412929
3425 ;;;;;; 442000))
3426 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3428 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3429 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3431 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3433 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3434 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3436 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3438 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3439 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3441 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3442 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3443 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3444 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3445 execution.
3447 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3449 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3451 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3452 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3454 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3455 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3456 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3457 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3459 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3460 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3461 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3462 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3463 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3464 `write' commands.
3466 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3467 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3468 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3469 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3471 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3472 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3473 semantics.
3475 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3477 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3479 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3481 STATEMENT :=
3482 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3483 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3485 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3486 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3487 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3488 | integer
3490 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3492 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3493 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3494 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3496 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3497 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3498 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3500 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3501 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3503 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3504 BREAK := (break)
3506 REPEAT :=
3507 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3508 (repeat)
3509 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3510 ;; (repeat))
3511 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3512 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3513 ;; (read REG)
3514 ;; (repeat))
3515 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3516 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3517 ;; (read REG)
3518 ;; (repeat))
3519 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3521 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3522 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3523 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3524 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3525 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3526 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3527 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3528 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3529 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3530 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3531 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3532 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3533 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3534 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3535 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3536 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3538 WRITE :=
3539 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3540 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3541 ;; representation.
3542 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3543 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3544 ;; (write r7))
3545 | (write EXPRESSION)
3546 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3547 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3548 ;; representation.
3549 | (write integer)
3550 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3551 ;; buffer.
3552 | (write string)
3553 ;; Same as: (write string)
3554 | string
3555 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3556 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3557 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3558 ;; representation.
3559 | (write REG ARRAY)
3560 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3561 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3562 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3563 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3564 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3565 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3567 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3568 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3570 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3571 END := (end)
3573 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3574 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3575 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3577 ARG := REG | integer
3579 OPERATOR :=
3580 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3581 + | - | * | / | %
3583 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3584 | & | `|' | ^
3586 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3587 | << | >>
3589 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3590 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3591 | <8
3593 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3594 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3595 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3596 | >8
3598 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3599 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3600 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3601 | //
3603 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3604 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3606 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3607 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3608 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3609 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3610 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3611 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3612 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3613 | de-sjis
3615 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3616 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3617 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3618 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3619 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3620 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3621 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3622 ;; byte of SJIS.
3623 | en-sjis
3625 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3626 ;; Same meaning as C code
3627 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3629 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3630 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3631 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3632 | <8=
3634 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3635 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3636 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3638 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3639 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3640 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3641 | //=
3643 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3646 TRANSLATE :=
3647 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3648 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3649 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3650 LOOKUP :=
3651 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3652 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3653 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3654 MAP :=
3655 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3656 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3657 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3658 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3659 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3660 MAP-ID := integer
3662 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3664 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3666 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3667 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3668 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3669 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3670 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3671 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3673 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3675 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3676 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3677 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3679 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3681 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3683 ;;;***
3685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21120 48308
3686 ;;;;;; 922449 0))
3687 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3689 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3690 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3691 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3692 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3694 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3696 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3698 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3699 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3701 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3703 ;;;***
3705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (20983 37555 279226
3706 ;;;;;; 0))
3707 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3708 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3710 ;;;***
3712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21168 12983
3713 ;;;;;; 828381 0))
3714 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3715 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3717 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3718 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3719 There are no special keybindings by default.
3721 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3722 to the action header.
3724 \(fn)" t nil)
3726 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3727 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3728 There are no special keybindings by default.
3730 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3731 to the action header.
3733 \(fn)" t nil)
3735 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3736 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3737 on the buffer contents
3739 \(fn)" nil nil)
3741 ;;;***
3743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21049 14338
3744 ;;;;;; 391345 0))
3745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3746 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3748 ;;;***
3750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3751 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
3752 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3754 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3755 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3756 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3758 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3760 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3761 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3762 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3764 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3766 ;;;***
3768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20996
3769 ;;;;;; 49577 892030 0))
3770 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3771 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3772 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3773 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3774 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3775 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3776 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3777 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3778 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3779 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3781 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3784 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3785 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3786 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3788 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3789 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3790 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3791 the users will view as each check is completed.
3793 \(fn)" t nil)
3795 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3796 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3797 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3798 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3799 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3800 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3801 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3802 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3804 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3806 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3807 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3808 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3809 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3810 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3811 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3812 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3813 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3815 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3817 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3818 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3819 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3820 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3821 spacing are all verified.
3823 \(fn)" t nil)
3825 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3826 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3827 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3828 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3829 otherwise stop after the first error.
3831 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3833 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3834 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3835 Only documentation strings are checked.
3836 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3837 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3838 a separate buffer.
3840 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3842 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3843 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3844 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3845 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3846 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3848 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3850 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3851 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3852 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3853 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3854 if there is one.
3856 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3858 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3859 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3860 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3861 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3862 if there is one.
3863 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3865 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3867 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3868 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3869 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3871 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3873 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3874 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3875 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3876 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3877 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3879 \(fn)" t nil)
3881 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3882 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3883 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3884 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3885 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3886 space at the end of each line.
3888 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3890 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3891 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3892 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3893 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3895 \(fn)" t nil)
3897 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3898 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3899 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3900 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3902 \(fn)" t nil)
3904 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3905 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3906 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3907 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3909 \(fn)" t nil)
3911 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3912 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3913 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3914 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3916 \(fn)" t nil)
3918 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3919 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3920 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3921 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3923 \(fn)" t nil)
3925 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3926 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3927 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3928 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3930 \(fn)" t nil)
3932 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3933 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3934 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3935 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3937 \(fn)" t nil)
3939 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3940 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3941 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3942 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3944 \(fn)" t nil)
3946 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3947 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3948 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3949 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3951 \(fn)" t nil)
3953 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3954 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3955 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3956 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3957 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3959 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3960 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3961 checking of documentation strings.
3963 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3967 ;;;***
3969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (20799
3970 ;;;;;; 169 640767 0))
3971 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3973 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3974 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3975 Return the length of resulting text.
3977 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3979 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3980 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3982 \(fn)" t nil)
3984 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3985 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3986 Return the length of resulting text.
3988 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3990 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3991 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3993 \(fn)" t nil)
3995 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3998 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4000 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4003 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4005 ;;;***
4007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21040 17194 398147
4008 ;;;;;; 0))
4009 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4011 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4012 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4013 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4014 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4015 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4016 editing and the result is evaluated.
4018 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4020 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4021 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4022 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4023 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4024 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4026 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4028 \(fn)" t nil)
4030 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4031 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4032 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4033 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4034 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4036 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4037 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4038 \\{command-history-map}
4040 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4041 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4043 \(fn)" t nil)
4045 ;;;***
4047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21112
4048 ;;;;;; 20657 455367 0))
4049 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4051 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4052 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4053 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4054 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4055 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4056 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4057 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4058 of this function.
4060 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4061 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4062 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4063 property are:
4065 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4066 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4068 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4069 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4070 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4071 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4072 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4073 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4074 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4075 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4076 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4077 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4078 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4079 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4081 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4082 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4083 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4085 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4086 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4087 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4088 list elements are:
4090 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4092 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4094 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4096 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4097 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4099 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4100 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4102 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4103 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4104 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4105 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4106 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4107 value specified by their associated list element.
4109 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4111 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4112 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4113 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4115 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4116 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4117 * indent the first argument by 4.
4118 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4119 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4120 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4122 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4124 ;;;***
4126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20998 4934
4127 ;;;;;; 952905 0))
4128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4129 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4131 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4133 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4134 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4135 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4136 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4137 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4138 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4140 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4141 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4143 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4145 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4147 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4149 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4151 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4153 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4155 ;;;***
4157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21082 29482
4158 ;;;;;; 330637 0))
4159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4161 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4162 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4163 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4164 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4166 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4167 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4168 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4169 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4171 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4172 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4174 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4176 ;;;***
4178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20932 61699 522706
4179 ;;;;;; 0))
4180 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4182 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4183 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4184 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4185 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4186 of `scheme-program-name').
4187 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4188 it is given as initial input.
4189 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4190 discards input when it starts up.
4191 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4192 is run).
4193 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4195 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4197 ;;;***
4199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (20721 17977 14204 0))
4200 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4202 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4203 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4204 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4205 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4207 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4208 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4210 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4211 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4212 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4214 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4216 ;;;***
4218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21172 10041 427978 0))
4219 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4221 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4222 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4223 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4224 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4225 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4226 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4227 functions have already modified the buffer.
4229 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4231 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4232 either globally or locally.")
4234 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4235 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4236 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4237 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4239 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4240 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4241 `start-file-process'
4242 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4243 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4244 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4246 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4247 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4249 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4251 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4253 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4255 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4256 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4257 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4258 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4259 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4260 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4261 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4262 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4263 process as its initial input.
4265 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4267 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4269 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4271 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4272 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4273 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4274 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4275 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4276 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4278 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4280 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4281 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4282 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4283 directory tracking functions.")
4285 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4286 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4287 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4289 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4291 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4293 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4294 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4295 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4297 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4299 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4301 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4302 Send COMMAND to current process.
4303 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4304 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4306 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4308 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4309 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4310 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4311 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4313 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4315 ;;;***
4317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (20992 52525
4318 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
4319 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4321 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4322 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4323 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4324 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4326 This command pushes the mark in each window
4327 at the prior location of point in that window.
4328 If both windows display the same buffer,
4329 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4330 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4332 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4333 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4334 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4335 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4336 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4337 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4338 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4339 ignored.
4341 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4342 this command work in interlaced mode:
4343 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4344 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4345 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4347 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4349 ;;;***
4351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21166 57660
4352 ;;;;;; 911600 0))
4353 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4355 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4356 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4358 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4360 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4361 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4362 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4364 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4366 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4367 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4368 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4370 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4372 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4373 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4374 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4375 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4376 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4378 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4379 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4380 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4381 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4382 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4384 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4385 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4386 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4387 describing how the process finished.")
4389 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4390 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4391 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4392 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4393 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4395 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4396 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4397 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4399 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4401 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4402 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4403 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4404 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4406 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4408 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4409 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4411 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4412 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4414 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4415 (lambda ()
4416 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4417 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4418 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4419 (concat \"make -k \"
4420 (if buffer-file-name
4421 (shell-quote-argument
4422 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4424 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4425 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4427 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4428 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4429 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4430 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4432 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4434 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4435 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4436 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4437 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4439 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4440 and move to the source code that caused it.
4442 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4443 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4445 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4446 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses`compile-command'.
4447 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4448 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4449 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4451 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4452 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4453 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4454 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4456 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4457 kills its subprocesses.
4459 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4460 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4461 to a function that generates a unique name.
4463 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4465 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4466 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4467 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4468 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4470 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4471 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4473 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4474 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4475 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4476 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4478 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4479 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4480 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4482 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4484 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4486 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4487 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4488 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4489 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4490 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4492 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4494 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4496 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4498 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4500 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4501 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4502 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4503 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4504 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4506 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4507 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4508 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4509 See `compilation-mode'.
4511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4513 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4514 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4515 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4516 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4517 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4519 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4520 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4521 `compilation-mode'.
4523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4525 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4526 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4527 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4529 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4531 ;;;***
4533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (20999 25770 522517
4534 ;;;;;; 0))
4535 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4537 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4538 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4539 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4542 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4544 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4546 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4547 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4549 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4550 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4554 ;;;***
4556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (20791
4557 ;;;;;; 9657 561026 0))
4558 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4560 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4561 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4562 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4563 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4564 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4565 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4566 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4568 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4569 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4570 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4572 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4573 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4574 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4576 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4577 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4578 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4579 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4581 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4582 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4583 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4584 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4585 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4586 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4587 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4589 \\{conf-mode-map}
4591 \(fn)" t nil)
4593 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4594 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4595 Comments start with `#'.
4596 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4598 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4600 \[Desktop Entry]
4601 Encoding=UTF-8
4602 Name=The GIMP
4603 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4604 Name[cs]=GIMP
4606 \(fn)" t nil)
4608 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4609 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4610 Comments start with `;'.
4611 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4613 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4615 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4616 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4617 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4619 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4620 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4622 \(fn)" t nil)
4624 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4625 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4626 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4627 between `/*' and `*/'.
4628 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4630 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4631 // another kind of comment
4632 /* yet another */
4634 name:value
4635 name=value
4636 name value
4637 x.1 =
4638 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4639 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4641 \(fn)" t nil)
4643 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4644 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4645 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4646 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4647 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4648 `conf-space-keywords'.
4649 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4650 in an interactive fashion instead.
4652 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4654 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4656 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4657 image/png png
4658 image/tiff tiff tif
4660 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4661 class desktop
4662 # Standard multimedia devices
4663 add /dev/audio desktop
4664 add /dev/mixer desktop
4666 \(fn)" t nil)
4668 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4669 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4670 See `conf-space-mode'.
4672 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4674 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4675 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4676 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4677 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4679 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4681 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4682 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4684 \(fn)" t nil)
4686 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4687 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4688 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4689 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4691 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4693 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4694 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4696 \(fn)" t nil)
4698 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4699 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4700 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4701 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4703 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4705 *background: gray99
4706 *foreground: black
4708 \(fn)" t nil)
4710 ;;;***
4712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20932 61824 204300
4713 ;;;;;; 748000))
4714 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4716 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4717 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4718 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4719 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4720 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4721 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4723 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4725 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4726 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4727 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4728 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4730 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4732 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4733 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4734 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4735 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4737 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4739 ;;;***
4741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21041
4742 ;;;;;; 38058 75002 0))
4743 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4744 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4745 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4746 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4748 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4749 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4750 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4751 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4752 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4753 following the copyright are updated as well.
4754 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4755 interactively.
4757 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4759 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4760 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4761 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4762 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4763 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4765 \(fn)" t nil)
4767 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4768 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4770 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4772 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4773 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4774 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4776 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4778 ;;;***
4780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21111
4781 ;;;;;; 33338 390427 0))
4782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4783 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4784 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4785 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4786 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4787 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4788 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4789 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4791 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4792 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4793 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4794 Tab indents for Perl code.
4795 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4796 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4798 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4799 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4800 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4801 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4802 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4803 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4804 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4805 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4806 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4807 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4808 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4809 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4811 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4813 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4814 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4816 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4818 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4819 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4820 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4821 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4822 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4823 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4824 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4825 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4826 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4828 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4830 bite if angry;
4832 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4833 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4834 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4835 to nil.)
4837 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4838 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4839 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4841 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4843 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4844 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4845 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4846 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4847 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4849 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4851 if (A) { B }
4853 into
4855 B if A;
4857 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4859 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4860 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4861 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4862 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4863 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4864 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4865 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4866 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4867 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4868 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4869 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4870 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4871 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4873 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4874 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4875 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4876 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4877 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4878 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4880 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4881 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4882 man via menu.
4884 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4885 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4886 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4887 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4888 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4890 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4891 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4892 span the needed amount of lines.
4894 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4895 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4896 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4897 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4899 Variables controlling indentation style:
4900 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4901 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4902 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4903 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4904 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4905 `cperl-auto-newline'
4906 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4907 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4908 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4909 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4910 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4911 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4912 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4913 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4914 `cperl-indent-level'
4915 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4916 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4917 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4918 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4919 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4920 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4921 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4922 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4923 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4924 `cperl-brace-offset'
4925 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4926 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4927 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4928 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4929 `cperl-label-offset'
4930 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4931 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4932 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4934 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4935 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4936 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4937 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4938 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4939 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4941 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4942 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4943 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4944 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4946 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4947 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4948 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4949 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4950 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4951 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4952 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4954 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4955 column 0 is indented on
4956 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4958 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4959 with no args.
4961 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4962 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4963 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4965 \(fn)" t nil)
4967 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4968 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4970 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4972 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4973 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4975 \(fn)" t nil)
4977 ;;;***
4979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (20874 65006 672942
4980 ;;;;;; 217000))
4981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4983 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4984 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4985 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4986 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4987 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4989 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4991 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4992 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4994 \(fn)" t nil)
4996 ;;;***
4998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (20709 26818 907104
4999 ;;;;;; 0))
5000 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5002 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5003 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5004 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5005 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5007 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5008 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5010 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5012 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5013 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5014 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5015 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5016 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5020 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5022 ;;;***
5024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21034 64808 616539
5025 ;;;;;; 0))
5026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5028 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5029 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5030 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5031 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5033 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5034 a prespecified separator regexp. For example, if the separator
5035 regexp is \",\", the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5036 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5038 The default value for the separator regexp is the value of
5039 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator regexp may be
5040 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5042 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5043 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5044 'bob', and 'eve'.
5046 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5047 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5048 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5050 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings
5051 with empty strings removed.
5053 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5054 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5055 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5057 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5059 ;;;***
5061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21075 56234
5062 ;;;;;; 349623 0))
5063 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5065 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5066 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5068 \(fn)" t nil)
5070 ;;;***
5072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21166 57660
5073 ;;;;;; 911600 0))
5074 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5076 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5077 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5078 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5079 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5080 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5081 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5083 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5085 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5086 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5087 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5088 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5089 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5091 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5092 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5093 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5094 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5095 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5096 normal function of these prefix keys.
5098 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5099 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5100 options:
5101 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5102 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5103 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5105 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5106 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5107 the prefix fallback behavior.
5109 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5110 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5111 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5112 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5116 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5117 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5119 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5121 ;;;***
5123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21166 57660
5124 ;;;;;; 911600 0))
5125 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5127 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5128 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5129 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5133 ;;;***
5135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21169 33848 692645
5136 ;;;;;; 0))
5137 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5139 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5140 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5142 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5144 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5145 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5147 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5149 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5150 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5152 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5154 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5155 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5157 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5158 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5160 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5161 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5163 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5165 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5167 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5168 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5169 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5171 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5172 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5174 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5175 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5177 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5178 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5180 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5182 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5184 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5185 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5186 Return VALUE.
5188 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5189 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5191 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5192 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5194 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5195 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5197 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5199 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5201 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5202 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5203 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5204 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5206 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5207 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5208 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5210 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5212 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5213 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5214 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5215 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5216 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5218 \(fn)" t nil)
5220 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5221 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5222 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5223 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5225 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5227 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5228 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5229 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5231 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5233 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5234 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5236 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5238 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5240 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5241 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5243 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5245 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5247 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5248 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5249 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5251 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5253 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5254 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5255 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5256 as part of Emacs itself.
5258 Each elements looks like this:
5260 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5262 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5263 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5264 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5265 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5266 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5267 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5268 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5269 and `defface'.
5271 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5273 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5274 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5275 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5276 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5277 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5279 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5280 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5281 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5282 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5284 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5286 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5287 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5288 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5289 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5290 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5291 release.
5293 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5294 that were added or redefined since that version.
5296 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5298 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5299 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5300 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5301 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5303 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5305 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5306 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5308 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5310 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5311 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5312 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5314 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5315 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5317 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5319 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5320 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5322 \(fn)" t nil)
5324 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5325 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5327 \(fn)" t nil)
5329 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5330 Customize all saved options and faces.
5332 \(fn)" t nil)
5334 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5335 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5336 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5337 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5338 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5339 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5341 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5342 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5343 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5345 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5347 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5348 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5350 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5352 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5353 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5355 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5357 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5358 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5360 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5362 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5363 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5364 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5365 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5366 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5367 that option.
5369 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5371 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5372 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5373 The result includes selecting that window.
5374 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5375 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5376 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5377 that option.
5379 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5381 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5382 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5384 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5386 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5387 File used for storing customization information.
5388 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5389 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5390 it should be an absolute file name.
5392 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5393 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5394 something like the following in your init file:
5396 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5397 \(load custom-file)
5399 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5400 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5402 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5403 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5404 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5405 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5406 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5408 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5409 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5410 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5411 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5412 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5413 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5414 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5415 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5416 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5417 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5419 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5421 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5422 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5424 \(fn)" nil nil)
5426 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5427 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5429 \(fn)" t nil)
5431 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5432 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5433 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5435 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5437 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5438 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5439 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5440 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5441 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5443 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5445 ;;;***
5447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21169 33848 692645
5448 ;;;;;; 0))
5449 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5451 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5452 Create or edit a custom theme.
5453 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5454 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5455 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5456 from the Custom save file.
5457 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5458 named *Custom Theme*.
5460 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5462 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5463 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5465 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5467 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5468 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5470 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5472 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5473 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5474 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5475 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5477 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5479 ;;;***
5481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (20709 26818
5482 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
5483 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5485 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5486 Mode used for cvs status output.
5488 \(fn)" t nil)
5490 ;;;***
5492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (20709 26818 907104
5493 ;;;;;; 0))
5494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5495 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5497 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5498 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5500 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5502 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5503 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5504 C++ modes are included.
5506 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5507 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5508 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5512 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5514 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5515 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5516 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5517 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5518 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5519 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5521 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5523 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5524 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5525 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5526 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5527 ARG is omitted or nil.
5529 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5530 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5531 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5535 ;;;***
5537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (20826
5538 ;;;;;; 45095 436233 0))
5539 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5541 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5542 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5544 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5546 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5547 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5549 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5551 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5552 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5553 For readability, the table is slightly
5554 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5556 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5557 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5558 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5559 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5560 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5562 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5564 ;;;***
5566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (20992 52525 458637
5567 ;;;;;; 0))
5568 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5569 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5570 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5571 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5572 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5574 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5575 Completion on current word.
5576 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5577 and presents suggestions for completion.
5579 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5580 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5581 completions.
5583 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5584 then it searches *all* buffers.
5586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5588 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5589 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5591 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5592 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5593 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5594 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5595 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5597 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5598 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5600 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5601 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5602 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5604 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5605 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5607 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5609 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5611 ;;;***
5613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21040 17194
5614 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
5615 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5617 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5618 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5620 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5622 ;;;***
5624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21153 45624 746041 0))
5625 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5627 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5628 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5629 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5630 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5631 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5633 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5635 ;;;***
5637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20763 30266
5638 ;;;;;; 231060 0))
5639 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5641 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5642 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5644 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5645 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5646 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5648 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5649 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5650 Data lines are not indented.
5652 Key bindings:
5654 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5655 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5657 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5658 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5659 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5660 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5662 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5664 dcl-basic-offset
5665 Extra indentation within blocks.
5667 dcl-continuation-offset
5668 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5670 dcl-margin-offset
5671 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5673 dcl-margin-label-offset
5674 Indentation for a label.
5676 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5677 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5679 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5680 dcl-block-end-regexp
5681 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5682 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5683 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5684 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5685 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5687 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5688 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5689 Two such functions are included in the package:
5690 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5691 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5693 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5694 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5695 One such function is included in the package:
5696 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5698 dcl-tab-always-indent
5699 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5700 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5701 margin.
5703 dcl-electric-characters
5704 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5705 typed.
5707 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5708 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5709 which words trigger electric indentation.
5711 dcl-tempo-comma
5712 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5713 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5714 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5716 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5717 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5718 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5719 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5721 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5722 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5723 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5724 dcl-imenu-label-call
5725 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5727 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5728 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5729 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5730 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5733 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5735 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5736 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5737 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5738 $ i = 1
5739 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5740 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5741 $ label:
5742 $ if i.eq.1
5743 $ then
5744 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5745 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5746 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5747 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5748 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5749 \"lined up with the command line\"
5750 $ type sys$input
5751 Data lines are not indented at all.
5752 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5753 $ endif
5757 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5758 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5760 \(fn)" t nil)
5762 ;;;***
5764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21162 14870
5765 ;;;;;; 257953 0))
5766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5768 (setq debugger 'debug)
5770 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5771 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5772 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5773 of the evaluator.
5775 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5776 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5777 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5779 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5781 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5782 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5784 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5786 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5787 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5788 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5789 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5790 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5791 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5793 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5794 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5796 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5798 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5799 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5800 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5801 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5802 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5804 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5806 ;;;***
5808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (20709 26818
5809 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
5810 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5812 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5813 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5815 \(fn)" t nil)
5817 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5818 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5819 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5820 Upper-case letters are commands.
5822 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5823 modify it.
5825 The most useful commands are:
5826 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5827 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5828 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5829 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5830 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5831 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5833 \(fn)" t nil)
5835 ;;;***
5837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20709 26818 907104
5838 ;;;;;; 0))
5839 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5840 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5842 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5843 Customization of `columns' group.
5845 \(fn)" t nil)
5847 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5848 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5850 START and END delimits the text region.
5852 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5854 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5855 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5857 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5859 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5861 ;;;***
5863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21160 54638 30774 0))
5864 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5866 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5868 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5869 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5870 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5871 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5872 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5873 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5875 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5877 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5878 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5879 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5880 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5881 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5883 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5884 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5885 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5886 any selection.
5888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5890 ;;;***
5892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20900 33838
5893 ;;;;;; 319219 0))
5894 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5896 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5897 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5899 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5901 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5902 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5903 or nil if there is no parent.
5904 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5905 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5906 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5907 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5908 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5910 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5911 arguments are currently understood:
5912 :group GROUP
5913 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5914 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5915 :syntax-table TABLE
5916 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5917 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5918 :abbrev-table TABLE
5919 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5920 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5922 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5924 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5926 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5927 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5928 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5930 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5931 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5933 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5934 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5935 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5937 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5938 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5940 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5941 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5943 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5945 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5947 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5949 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5950 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5951 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5952 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5953 the first time the mode is used.
5955 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5957 ;;;***
5959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21024 28968 738399
5960 ;;;;;; 0))
5961 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5963 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5964 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5965 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5966 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5967 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5968 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5969 otherwise.
5971 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5973 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5974 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5975 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5976 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5978 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5979 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5980 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5982 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5983 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5984 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5985 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5986 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5987 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5988 relevant to POS.
5990 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5992 ;;;***
5994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21168 12983 828381
5995 ;;;;;; 0))
5996 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5998 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5999 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6000 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6002 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6004 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6005 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6006 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6007 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6008 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6010 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6011 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6012 `desktop-read' for details.
6014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6016 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6017 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6018 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6019 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6021 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6023 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6024 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6026 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6027 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6028 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6030 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6031 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6033 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6034 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6035 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6037 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6038 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6039 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6040 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6042 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6044 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6045 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6047 Handlers are called with argument list
6049 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6051 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6053 desktop-file-version
6054 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6055 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6056 desktop-buffer-point
6057 desktop-buffer-mark
6058 desktop-buffer-read-only
6059 desktop-buffer-locals
6061 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6062 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6064 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6065 code like
6067 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6069 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6070 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6072 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6074 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6076 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6077 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6078 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6079 List elements must have the form
6081 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6083 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6084 function.
6086 Handlers are called with argument list
6088 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6090 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6092 desktop-file-version
6093 desktop-buffer-file-name
6094 desktop-buffer-name
6095 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6096 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6097 desktop-buffer-point
6098 desktop-buffer-mark
6099 desktop-buffer-read-only
6100 desktop-buffer-misc
6102 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6103 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6104 created and set.
6106 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6107 code like
6109 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6111 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6112 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6114 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6116 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6118 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6120 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6121 Empty the Desktop.
6122 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6123 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6124 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6125 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6126 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6127 if different).
6129 \(fn)" t nil)
6131 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6132 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6133 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6134 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6135 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6136 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6138 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6140 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6141 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6142 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6144 \(fn)" t nil)
6146 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6147 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6148 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6149 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6150 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6151 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6152 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6153 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6155 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6157 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6158 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6159 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6161 \(fn)" nil nil)
6163 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6165 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6166 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6167 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6168 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6169 directory DIRNAME.
6171 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6173 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6174 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6176 \(fn)" t nil)
6178 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6179 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6181 \(fn)" t nil)
6183 ;;;***
6185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20791 9657 561026
6186 ;;;;;; 0))
6187 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6189 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6190 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6191 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6192 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6193 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6194 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6196 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6198 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6199 Repair a broken attribution line.
6200 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6202 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6204 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6205 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6206 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6207 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6209 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6211 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6212 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6214 \(fn)" t nil)
6216 ;;;***
6218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20992
6219 ;;;;;; 52525 458637 0))
6220 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6222 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6223 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6224 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6225 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6226 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6230 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6231 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6232 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6233 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6235 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6236 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6237 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6238 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6240 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6241 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6243 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6244 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6245 calendar-date-style 'european
6246 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6248 \(diary-mail-entries)
6250 # diary-rem.el ends here
6252 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6254 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6255 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6257 \(fn)" t nil)
6259 ;;;***
6261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (20760 54070 584283 0))
6262 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6264 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6265 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6267 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6269 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6270 The command to use to run diff.")
6272 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6274 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6275 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6276 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6277 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6278 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6279 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6281 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6282 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6283 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6285 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6287 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6288 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6289 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6290 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6291 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6292 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6294 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6296 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6297 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6299 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6301 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6302 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6303 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6305 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6307 ;;;***
6309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21136 36544
6310 ;;;;;; 158478 0))
6311 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6313 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6314 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6315 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6316 normal diffs.
6318 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6319 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6320 headers for you on-the-fly.
6322 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6323 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6324 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6326 \\{diff-mode-map}
6328 \(fn)" t nil)
6330 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6331 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6332 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6333 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6334 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6336 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6340 ;;;***
6342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6343 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6345 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6346 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6347 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6349 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6351 ;;;***
6353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21173 31085 798700 0))
6354 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6356 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6357 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6358 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6359 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6360 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6361 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6362 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6363 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6365 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6367 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6368 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6369 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6370 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6371 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6372 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6374 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6375 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6376 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6377 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6378 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6379 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6380 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6381 list of files to make directory entries for.
6382 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6383 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6384 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6386 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6388 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6389 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6391 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6392 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6394 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6395 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6397 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6398 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6400 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6402 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6403 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6405 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6407 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6408 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6409 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6410 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6411 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6412 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6413 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6414 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6415 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6416 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6417 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6418 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6419 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6420 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6421 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6422 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6423 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6424 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6425 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6426 to see why something went wrong.
6427 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6428 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6429 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6430 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6431 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6432 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6433 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6434 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6435 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6436 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6437 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6438 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6439 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6441 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6442 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6443 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6444 again for the directory tree.
6446 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6447 for more info):
6449 `dired-listing-switches'
6450 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6451 `dired-marker-char'
6452 `dired-del-marker'
6453 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6454 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6455 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6456 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6458 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6460 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6461 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6462 `dired-mode-hook'
6463 `dired-load-hook'
6465 Keybindings:
6466 \\{dired-mode-map}
6468 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6469 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6471 (autoload 'dired-hide-details-mode "dired" "\
6472 Hide details in Dired mode.
6474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6476 ;;;***
6478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (20709 26818 907104
6479 ;;;;;; 0))
6480 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6482 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6483 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6484 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6485 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6486 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6488 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6489 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6490 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6492 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6493 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6494 directory.
6496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6498 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6499 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6500 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6501 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6502 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6503 from `default-directory'.
6505 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6507 ;;;***
6509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20709 26818
6510 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6511 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6513 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6514 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6515 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6516 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6517 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6518 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6520 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6522 ;;;***
6524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20992 52525 458637
6525 ;;;;;; 0))
6526 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6528 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6529 Return a new, empty display table.
6531 \(fn)" nil nil)
6533 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6534 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6535 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6536 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6537 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6539 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6541 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6542 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6543 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6544 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6545 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6547 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6549 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6550 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6552 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6554 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6555 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6557 \(fn)" t nil)
6559 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6560 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6562 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6563 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6565 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6566 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6567 byte.
6569 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6570 in the default way after this call.
6572 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6574 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6575 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6577 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6579 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6580 Display character C using printable string S.
6582 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6584 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6585 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6586 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6587 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6589 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6591 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6592 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6593 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6594 X frame.
6596 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6598 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6599 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6601 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6603 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6604 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6606 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6608 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6609 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6611 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6613 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6614 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6616 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6618 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6619 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6621 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6623 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6624 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6626 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6627 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6629 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6630 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6632 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6633 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6634 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6635 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6637 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6638 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6639 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6640 in `.emacs'.
6642 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6644 ;;;***
6646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (20709 26818
6647 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6648 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6650 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6651 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6652 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6653 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6654 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6655 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6656 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6657 Default is 2.
6659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6661 ;;;***
6663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21162 14870 257953 0))
6664 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6666 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6667 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6668 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6669 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6670 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6671 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6672 private or ask).
6673 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6674 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6675 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6676 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6677 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6679 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6681 ;;;***
6683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20709 26818
6684 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6685 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6687 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6688 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6689 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6690 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6691 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6692 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6693 table and its own syntax table.
6695 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6697 \(fn)" t nil)
6698 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6700 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6701 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6703 \(fn)" t nil)
6705 ;;;***
6707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21144 30651 337793
6708 ;;;;;; 0))
6709 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6711 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6712 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6713 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6714 OpenDocument format).
6716 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6718 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6719 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6721 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6722 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6724 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6725 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6726 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6728 \(fn)" t nil)
6730 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6731 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6732 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6733 to the next best mode.
6735 \(fn)" nil nil)
6737 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6738 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6739 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6740 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6741 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6743 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6747 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6750 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6752 ;;;***
6754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20709 26818 907104
6755 ;;;;;; 0))
6756 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6758 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6759 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6761 \(fn)" t nil)
6763 ;;;***
6765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6766 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6768 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6769 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6770 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6771 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6772 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6774 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6775 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6779 ;;;***
6781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20900 33838 319219
6782 ;;;;;; 0))
6783 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6784 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6786 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6787 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6789 \(fn)" t nil)
6791 ;;;***
6793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20992
6794 ;;;;;; 52525 458637 0))
6795 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6797 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6799 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6800 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6801 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6802 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6803 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6805 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6806 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6807 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6808 and disables it otherwise.
6810 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6811 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6812 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6813 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6815 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6816 documenting what its argument does.
6818 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6819 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6820 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6821 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6822 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6823 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6824 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6825 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6827 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6828 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6829 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6830 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6831 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6832 mode is global):
6834 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6835 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6836 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6837 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6838 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6839 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6840 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6841 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6842 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6843 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6844 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6845 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6846 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6847 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6848 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6849 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6850 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6851 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6852 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6853 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6854 in :variable).
6856 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6857 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6859 For example, you could write
6860 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6861 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6862 ...BODY CODE...)
6864 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6866 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6868 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6870 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6872 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6873 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6874 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6875 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6876 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6877 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6878 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6879 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6880 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6881 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6882 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6883 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6885 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6886 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6887 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6888 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6889 call another major mode in their body.
6891 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6892 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6893 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6895 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6897 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6899 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6900 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6901 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6902 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6903 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6904 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6905 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6907 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6909 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6910 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6911 :inherit Parent keymap.
6912 :group Ignored.
6913 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6914 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6916 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6918 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6919 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6920 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6921 the constant's documentation.
6923 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6925 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6926 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6927 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6929 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6931 ;;;***
6933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21074
6934 ;;;;;; 35375 473679 0))
6935 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6937 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6938 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6939 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6940 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6942 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6943 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6944 as a top-level menu bar item.
6946 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6947 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6948 pairs:
6950 :filter FUNCTION
6951 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6952 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6953 items to actually display.
6955 :visible INCLUDE
6956 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6957 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6958 alias for `:visible'.
6960 :active ENABLE
6961 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6962 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6963 an alias for `:active'.
6965 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6966 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6968 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6970 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6972 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6973 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6975 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6976 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6978 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6980 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6982 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6983 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6985 :keys KEYS
6986 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6987 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6988 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6989 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6991 :key-sequence KEYS
6992 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6993 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6994 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6995 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6997 :active ENABLE
6998 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6999 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7000 alias for `:active'.
7002 :visible INCLUDE
7003 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7004 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7005 `:visible'.
7007 :label FORM
7008 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7009 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7011 :suffix FORM
7012 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7013 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7015 :style STYLE
7016 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7017 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7018 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7020 :selected SELECTED
7021 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7022 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7024 :help HELP
7025 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7027 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7028 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7029 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7031 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7032 MENU. This is a submenu.
7034 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7036 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7038 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7041 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7043 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7044 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7045 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7046 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7048 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7050 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7051 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7052 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7053 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7054 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7055 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7057 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7058 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7059 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7061 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7062 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7063 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7065 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7066 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7068 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7070 ;;;***
7072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21093 51745
7073 ;;;;;; 752738 587000))
7074 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7075 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7077 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7078 Customization for ebnf group.
7080 \(fn)" t nil)
7082 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7083 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7085 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7087 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7088 processed.
7090 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7092 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7094 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7095 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7097 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7098 killed after process termination.
7100 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7102 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7104 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7105 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7107 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7108 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7109 it to the printer.
7111 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7112 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7113 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7114 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7116 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7118 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7119 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7120 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7122 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7124 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7125 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7127 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7129 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7130 processed.
7132 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7134 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7136 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7137 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7139 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7140 killed after process termination.
7142 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7144 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7146 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7147 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7148 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7149 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7151 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7153 \(fn)" t nil)
7155 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7156 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7157 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7159 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7161 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7163 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7164 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7166 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7168 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7169 processed.
7171 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7173 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7175 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7176 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7178 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7179 killed after EPS generation.
7181 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7183 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7185 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7186 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7188 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7189 The EPS file name has the following form:
7191 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7193 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7194 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7196 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7197 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7198 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7199 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7200 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7202 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7203 files.
7205 \(fn)" t nil)
7207 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7208 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7210 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7211 The EPS file name has the following form:
7213 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7215 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7216 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7218 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7219 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7220 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7221 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7222 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7224 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7225 files.
7227 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7229 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7231 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7232 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7234 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7236 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7237 are processed.
7239 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7241 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7243 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7244 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7246 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7247 killed after syntax checking.
7249 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7251 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7253 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7254 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7256 \(fn)" t nil)
7258 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7259 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7261 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7263 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7264 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7266 \(fn)" nil nil)
7268 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7269 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7271 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7273 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7275 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7276 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7278 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7280 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7282 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7283 Delete style NAME.
7285 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7287 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7289 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7290 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7292 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7294 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7296 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7297 Set STYLE as the current style.
7299 Returns the old style symbol.
7301 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7303 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7305 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7306 Reset current style.
7308 Returns the old style symbol.
7310 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7312 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7314 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7315 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7317 Returns the old style symbol.
7319 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7321 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7323 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7325 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7326 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7328 Returns the old style symbol.
7330 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7332 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7334 \(fn)" t nil)
7336 ;;;***
7338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20992 52525
7339 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
7340 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7342 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7343 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7344 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7345 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7346 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7347 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7349 Tree mode key bindings:
7350 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7352 \(fn)" t nil)
7354 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7355 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7357 \(fn)" t nil)
7359 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7360 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7362 \(fn)" t nil)
7364 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7365 View declaration of member at point.
7367 \(fn)" t nil)
7369 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7370 Find declaration of member at point.
7372 \(fn)" t nil)
7374 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7375 View definition of member at point.
7377 \(fn)" t nil)
7379 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7380 Find definition of member at point.
7382 \(fn)" t nil)
7384 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7385 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7387 \(fn)" t nil)
7389 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7390 View definition of member at point in other window.
7392 \(fn)" t nil)
7394 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7395 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7397 \(fn)" t nil)
7399 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7400 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7402 \(fn)" t nil)
7404 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7405 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7407 \(fn)" t nil)
7409 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7410 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7412 \(fn)" t nil)
7414 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7415 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7416 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7417 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7418 completion.
7420 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7422 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7423 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7424 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7425 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7427 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7429 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7430 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7431 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7432 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7434 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7436 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7437 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7438 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7440 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7442 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7443 Search for call sites of a member.
7444 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7445 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7446 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7447 looks like a function call to the member.
7449 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7451 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7452 Move backward in the position stack.
7453 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7455 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7457 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7458 Move forward in the position stack.
7459 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7461 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7463 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7464 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7466 \(fn)" t nil)
7468 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7469 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7471 \(fn)" t nil)
7473 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7474 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7475 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7476 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7478 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7480 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7481 Display statistics for a class tree.
7483 \(fn)" t nil)
7485 ;;;***
7487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (20992 52525 458637
7488 ;;;;;; 0))
7489 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7491 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7492 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7493 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7494 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7495 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7496 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7497 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7499 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7501 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7502 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7503 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7504 also has this effect.
7505 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7506 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7507 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7508 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7509 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7510 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7511 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7512 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7513 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7514 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7516 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7518 ;;;***
7520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21040 46773 613700
7521 ;;;;;; 854000))
7522 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7524 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7525 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7526 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7528 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7530 ;;;***
7532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (20709 26818
7533 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
7534 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7536 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7539 \(fn)" nil nil)
7541 ;;;***
7543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20908 27948 216644 0))
7544 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7545 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7547 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7548 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7549 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7550 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7551 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7552 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7554 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7556 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7557 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7558 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7559 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7560 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7562 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7563 an EDE controlled project.
7565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7567 ;;;***
7569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el" (20709 26818
7570 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
7571 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
7572 (push (purecopy '(dired 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7574 ;;;***
7576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
7577 ;;;;;; (20881 10343 547564 552000))
7578 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
7579 (push (purecopy '(project-am 0 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
7581 ;;;***
7583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21172 10041
7584 ;;;;;; 427978 0))
7585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7587 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7588 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7589 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7590 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7591 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7593 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7594 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7595 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7596 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7598 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7600 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7601 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7602 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7603 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7605 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7607 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7608 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7609 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7610 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7612 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7614 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7616 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7617 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7618 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7619 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7620 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7622 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7623 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7624 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7625 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7626 instrumented for Edebug.
7628 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7629 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7630 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7631 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7632 already is one.)
7634 \(fn)" t nil)
7636 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7637 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7639 \(fn)" t nil)
7641 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7642 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7644 \(fn)" t nil)
7646 ;;;***
7648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21041 38058 75002 0))
7649 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7650 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7652 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7653 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7655 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7657 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7658 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7660 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7662 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7664 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7666 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7667 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7668 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7669 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7671 \(fn)" t nil)
7673 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7674 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7675 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7676 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7678 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7680 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7681 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7683 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7685 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7687 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7688 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7690 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7692 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7694 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7695 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7696 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7697 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7699 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7701 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7703 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7704 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7705 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7706 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7708 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7710 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7712 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7713 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7714 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7715 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7717 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7719 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7721 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7722 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7723 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7724 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7726 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7728 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7730 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7731 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7732 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7733 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7734 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7735 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7737 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7739 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7740 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7741 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7742 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7744 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7746 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7748 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7749 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7750 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7751 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7753 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7755 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7757 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7759 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7760 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7761 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7762 follows:
7763 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7764 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7766 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7768 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7769 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7770 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7771 follows:
7772 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7773 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7775 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7777 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7778 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7779 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7780 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7781 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7783 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7785 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7786 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7787 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7788 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7789 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7790 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7792 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7794 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7796 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7797 Merge two files without ancestor.
7799 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7801 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7802 Merge two files with ancestor.
7804 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7806 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7808 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7809 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7811 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7813 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7814 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7816 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7818 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7819 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7820 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7821 buffer.
7823 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7825 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7826 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7827 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7828 buffer.
7830 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7832 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7833 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7834 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7835 and don't ask the user.
7836 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7837 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7839 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7841 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7842 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7843 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7844 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7845 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7846 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7847 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7848 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7850 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7852 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7854 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7856 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7857 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7858 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7859 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7860 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7862 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7864 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7866 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7867 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7868 When called interactively, displays the version.
7870 \(fn)" t nil)
7872 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7873 Display Ediff's manual.
7874 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7876 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7878 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7881 \(fn)" nil nil)
7883 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7886 \(fn)" nil nil)
7888 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7891 \(fn)" nil nil)
7893 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7896 \(fn)" nil nil)
7898 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7901 \(fn)" nil nil)
7903 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7906 \(fn)" nil nil)
7908 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7911 \(fn)" nil nil)
7913 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7916 \(fn)" nil nil)
7918 ;;;***
7920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (20992 52525
7921 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
7922 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7924 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7927 \(fn)" t nil)
7929 ;;;***
7931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21032 23080
7932 ;;;;;; 765139 0))
7933 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7935 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7936 Display Ediff's registry.
7938 \(fn)" t nil)
7940 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7942 ;;;***
7944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21032 23080
7945 ;;;;;; 765139 0))
7946 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7948 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7949 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7950 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7951 which see.
7953 \(fn)" t nil)
7955 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7956 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7957 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7958 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7960 \(fn)" t nil)
7962 ;;;***
7964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (20964 20753 310858
7965 ;;;;;; 446000))
7966 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7967 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7969 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7970 Edit a keyboard macro.
7971 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7972 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7973 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7974 its command name.
7975 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7977 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7979 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7980 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7982 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7984 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7985 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7987 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7989 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7990 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7991 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7992 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7993 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7994 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7996 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7997 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7998 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7999 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8001 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8003 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8004 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8005 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8006 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8007 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8008 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8010 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8012 ;;;***
8014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (20709 26818 907104
8015 ;;;;;; 0))
8016 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8018 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8019 Set scroll margins.
8020 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8021 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8023 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8025 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8026 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8028 \(fn)" t nil)
8030 ;;;***
8032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
8033 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8035 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8036 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8037 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8038 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8039 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8040 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8041 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8043 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8044 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8046 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8047 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8048 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8049 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8051 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8052 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8053 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8055 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8056 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8057 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8059 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8061 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8064 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8066 ;;;***
8068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21051 23094
8069 ;;;;;; 730130 282000))
8070 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8071 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8073 ;;;***
8075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (20908
8076 ;;;;;; 27948 216644 0))
8077 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8078 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8080 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8081 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8082 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8083 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8084 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8085 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8086 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8088 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8090 ;;;***
8092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-custom" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
8093 ;;;;;; (20929 34089 117790 0))
8094 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
8096 (autoload 'customize-object "eieio-custom" "\
8097 Customize OBJ in a custom buffer.
8098 Optional argument GROUP is the sub-group of slots to display.
8100 \(fn OBJ &optional GROUP)" nil nil)
8102 ;;;***
8104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" (20892
8105 ;;;;;; 39729 858825 0))
8106 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
8108 (autoload 'eieio-browse "eieio-opt" "\
8109 Create an object browser window to show all objects.
8110 If optional ROOT-CLASS, then start with that, otherwise start with
8111 variable `eieio-default-superclass'.
8113 \(fn &optional ROOT-CLASS)" t nil)
8114 (defalias 'describe-class 'eieio-describe-class)
8116 (autoload 'eieio-describe-class "eieio-opt" "\
8117 Describe a CLASS defined by a string or symbol.
8118 If CLASS is actually an object, then also display current values of that object.
8119 Optional HEADERFCN should be called to insert a few bits of info first.
8121 \(fn CLASS &optional HEADERFCN)" t nil)
8123 (autoload 'eieio-describe-constructor "eieio-opt" "\
8124 Describe the constructor function FCN.
8125 Uses `eieio-describe-class' to describe the class being constructed.
8127 \(fn FCN)" t nil)
8128 (defalias 'describe-generic 'eieio-describe-generic)
8130 (autoload 'eieio-describe-generic "eieio-opt" "\
8131 Describe the generic function GENERIC.
8132 Also extracts information about all methods specific to this generic.
8134 \(fn GENERIC)" t nil)
8136 ;;;***
8138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21151 3895 80024
8139 ;;;;;; 0))
8140 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8142 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8143 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8145 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8147 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8148 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8149 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8150 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8151 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8153 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8154 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8155 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8156 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8157 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8158 expression point is on.
8160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8162 (autoload 'eldoc-post-insert-mode "eldoc" "\
8163 Toggle Eldoc-Post-Insert mode on or off.
8164 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Eldoc-Post-Insert mode if ARG is
8165 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8166 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
8167 \\{eldoc-post-insert-mode-map}
8169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8171 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8172 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8174 \(fn)" t nil)
8176 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8177 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8178 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8179 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8180 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8181 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8182 arg list.
8184 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8185 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8186 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8187 effect.
8189 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8190 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8192 ;;;***
8194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21182 3308 974772
8195 ;;;;;; 0))
8196 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8198 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8199 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8201 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8202 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8203 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8205 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8207 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8208 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8209 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8210 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8211 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8212 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8214 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8216 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8217 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8218 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8219 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8220 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8222 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8223 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8224 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8228 ;;;***
8230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20709 26818 907104
8231 ;;;;;; 0))
8232 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8234 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8235 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8237 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8238 an elided material again.
8240 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8244 ;;;***
8246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (20709 26818
8247 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8248 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8250 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8251 Lint the file FILE.
8253 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8255 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8256 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8257 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8259 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8261 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8262 Lint the current buffer.
8263 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8265 \(fn)" t nil)
8267 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8268 Lint the function at point.
8269 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8271 \(fn)" t nil)
8273 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8274 Initialize elint.
8275 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8276 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8278 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8280 ;;;***
8282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21162 14870 257953
8283 ;;;;;; 0))
8284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8286 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8287 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8288 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8290 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8292 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8293 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8294 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8295 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8297 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8299 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8300 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8301 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8303 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8305 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8307 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8308 Display current profiling results.
8309 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8310 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8311 displayed.
8313 \(fn)" t nil)
8315 ;;;***
8317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21148 27704 136341
8318 ;;;;;; 0))
8319 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8321 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8322 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8323 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8324 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8325 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8326 ARG is omitted or nil.
8328 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8329 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8330 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8331 used instead.
8333 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8335 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8336 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8337 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8339 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8343 ;;;***
8345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21168 62143
8346 ;;;;;; 582255 88000))
8347 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8349 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8350 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8351 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8353 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8355 ;;;***
8357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21032 23080 765139
8358 ;;;;;; 0))
8359 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8361 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8362 Run Emerge on two files.
8364 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8366 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8367 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8369 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8371 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8372 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8374 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8376 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8377 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8379 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8381 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8384 \(fn)" nil nil)
8386 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8389 \(fn)" nil nil)
8391 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8394 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8396 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8399 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8401 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8402 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8404 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8406 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8407 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8409 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8411 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8414 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8416 ;;;***
8418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21136 36544
8419 ;;;;;; 158478 0))
8420 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8422 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8423 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8424 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8425 text/enriched format.
8427 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8428 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8429 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8431 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8433 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8434 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8436 Commands:
8438 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8442 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8445 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8447 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8450 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8452 ;;;***
8454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21034 64808 616539 0))
8455 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8457 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8458 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8460 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8462 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8463 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8465 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8467 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8468 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8469 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8470 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8471 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8472 the keys are listed.
8473 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8475 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8477 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8478 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8479 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8481 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8483 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8484 Verify FILE.
8486 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8488 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8489 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8491 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8493 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8494 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8496 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8498 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8499 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8501 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8502 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8503 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8504 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8506 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8507 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8508 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8509 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8510 should consider using the string based counterpart
8511 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8512 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8514 For example:
8516 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8517 (decode-coding-string
8518 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8519 'utf-8))
8521 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8523 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8524 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8526 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8527 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8529 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8531 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8532 Verify the current region between START and END.
8534 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8535 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8536 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8537 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8538 should consider using the string based counterpart
8539 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8540 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8542 For example:
8544 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8545 (decode-coding-string
8546 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8547 'utf-8))
8549 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8551 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8552 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8553 between START and END.
8555 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8556 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8558 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8560 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8561 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8563 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8564 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8565 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8566 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8567 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8568 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8570 For example:
8572 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8573 (epg-sign-string
8574 context
8575 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8577 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8579 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8580 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8582 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8583 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8584 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8585 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8586 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8587 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8589 For example:
8591 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8592 (epg-encrypt-string
8593 context
8594 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8595 nil))
8597 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8599 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8600 Delete selected KEYS.
8602 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8604 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8605 Import keys from FILE.
8607 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8609 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8610 Import keys from the region.
8612 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8614 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8615 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8616 between START and END.
8618 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8620 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8621 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8623 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8625 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8626 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8628 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8630 ;;;***
8632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20709 26818 907104
8633 ;;;;;; 0))
8634 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8636 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8637 Decrypt marked files.
8639 \(fn)" t nil)
8641 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8642 Verify marked files.
8644 \(fn)" t nil)
8646 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8647 Sign marked files.
8649 \(fn)" t nil)
8651 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8652 Encrypt marked files.
8654 \(fn)" t nil)
8656 ;;;***
8658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21149 48568 226247
8659 ;;;;;; 0))
8660 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8662 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8665 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8667 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8670 \(fn)" t nil)
8672 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8675 \(fn)" t nil)
8677 ;;;***
8679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20978 19624 657047
8680 ;;;;;; 0))
8681 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8683 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8684 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8685 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8686 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8687 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8691 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8692 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8693 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8695 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8697 \(fn)" t nil)
8699 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8700 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8701 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8703 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8705 \(fn)" t nil)
8707 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8708 Sign the current buffer.
8709 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8711 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8713 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8715 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8716 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8717 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8718 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8719 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8720 and also whether and how to sign.
8722 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8723 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8724 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8726 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8728 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8730 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8731 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8732 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8734 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8736 \(fn)" t nil)
8738 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8739 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8740 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8741 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8742 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8743 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8745 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8747 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8748 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8749 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8750 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8751 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8755 ;;;***
8757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21069 17449 167398 0))
8758 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8759 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8761 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8762 Return a context object.
8764 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8766 ;;;***
8768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20709 26818 907104
8769 ;;;;;; 0))
8770 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8772 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8773 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8775 \(fn)" nil nil)
8777 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8778 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8780 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8782 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8783 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8785 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8787 ;;;***
8789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21053 29224 547064 0))
8790 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8791 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8793 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8794 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8796 \(fn)" nil nil)
8798 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8799 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8800 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8802 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8804 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8805 (server (erc-compute-server))
8806 (port (erc-compute-port))
8807 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8808 password
8809 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8811 That is, if called with
8813 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8815 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8816 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8817 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8819 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8821 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8823 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8824 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8825 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8827 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8829 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8830 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8831 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8832 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8834 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8836 ;;;***
8838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20709
8839 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8840 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8841 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8843 ;;;***
8845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21139 12727
8846 ;;;;;; 345232 0))
8847 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8848 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8850 ;;;***
8852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20709 26818
8853 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8854 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8855 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8857 ;;;***
8859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20709 26818
8860 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8861 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8862 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8864 ;;;***
8866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20759 33211 414988
8867 ;;;;;; 0))
8868 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8869 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8871 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8872 Parser for /dcc command.
8873 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8874 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8875 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8877 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8879 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8880 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8882 \(fn)" nil nil)
8884 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8885 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8887 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8888 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8889 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8890 that subcommand.
8892 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8894 ;;;***
8896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8897 ;;;;;; (21042 58928 39127 0))
8898 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8899 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8901 ;;;***
8903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (20709
8904 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8905 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8907 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8908 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8910 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8912 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8913 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8914 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8915 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8917 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8919 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8922 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8924 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8925 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8927 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8929 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8930 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8932 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8934 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8935 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8937 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8939 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8940 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8942 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8944 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8945 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8947 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8949 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8950 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8952 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8954 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8955 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8957 \(fn)" nil nil)
8959 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8960 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8962 \(fn)" nil nil)
8964 ;;;***
8966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20709 26818 907104
8967 ;;;;;; 0))
8968 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8969 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8971 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8972 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8973 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8975 \(fn)" nil nil)
8977 ;;;***
8979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (20709 26818
8980 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8981 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8982 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8984 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8985 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8986 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8987 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8988 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8989 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8990 system.
8992 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8994 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8997 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8999 ;;;***
9001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (20709 26818
9002 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9003 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9005 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9008 \(fn)" nil nil)
9010 ;;;***
9012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20709 26818 907104
9013 ;;;;;; 0))
9014 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9015 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9017 ;;;***
9019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (20709 26818 907104
9020 ;;;;;; 0))
9021 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
9022 (push (purecopy '(erc-lang 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
9024 ;;;***
9026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21050 53033 774595
9027 ;;;;;; 0))
9028 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9029 (push (purecopy '(erc-list 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
9030 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9032 ;;;***
9034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (20891 18859 893295
9035 ;;;;;; 0))
9036 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9037 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9039 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9040 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9041 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9042 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9043 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9044 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9046 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9048 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9049 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9050 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9051 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9053 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9054 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9055 automatically.
9057 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9058 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9060 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9062 ;;;***
9064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (20763 30266
9065 ;;;;;; 231060 0))
9066 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9067 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9069 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9070 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9072 \(fn)" t nil)
9074 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9075 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9077 \(fn)" t nil)
9079 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9080 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9082 \(fn)" t nil)
9084 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9085 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9087 \(fn)" t nil)
9089 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9090 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9092 \(fn)" t nil)
9094 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9095 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9097 \(fn)" t nil)
9099 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9100 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9102 \(fn)" t nil)
9104 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9105 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9107 \(fn)" t nil)
9109 ;;;***
9111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20884 7264 412929
9112 ;;;;;; 442000))
9113 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9114 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9116 ;;;***
9118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (20709
9119 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9120 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9121 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9123 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9124 Show who's gone.
9126 \(fn)" nil nil)
9128 ;;;***
9130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (20709
9131 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9132 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9134 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9135 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9136 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9137 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9139 \(fn)" nil nil)
9141 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9142 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9144 \(fn)" t nil)
9146 ;;;***
9148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21013 58662
9149 ;;;;;; 278539 0))
9150 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9151 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9153 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9154 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9155 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9156 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9158 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9160 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9163 \(fn)" nil nil)
9165 ;;;***
9167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20709 26818 907104
9168 ;;;;;; 0))
9169 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9170 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9172 ;;;***
9174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21112
9175 ;;;;;; 20657 455367 0))
9176 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9177 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9179 ;;;***
9181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20709 26818
9182 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9183 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9184 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9186 ;;;***
9188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20884 7264 412929
9189 ;;;;;; 442000))
9190 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9191 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9193 ;;;***
9195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20709
9196 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9197 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9198 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9200 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9201 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9203 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9205 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9206 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9207 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9209 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9211 ;;;***
9213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20709 26818
9214 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9216 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9218 ;;;***
9220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (20709
9221 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9222 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9224 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9225 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9226 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9228 \(fn)" t nil)
9230 ;;;***
9232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20709
9233 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9234 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9235 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9237 ;;;***
9239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20709 26818
9240 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9241 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9242 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9244 ;;;***
9246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21013 58662
9247 ;;;;;; 278539 0))
9248 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9250 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9251 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9252 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9254 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9256 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9257 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9258 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9259 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9260 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9262 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9263 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9264 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9265 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9268 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9270 ;;;***
9272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20709
9273 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9274 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9275 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9277 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9278 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9279 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9280 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9282 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9284 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9285 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9286 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9288 \(fn)" t nil)
9290 ;;;***
9292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (20709 26818 907104
9293 ;;;;;; 0))
9294 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9295 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9297 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9298 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9300 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9302 ;;;***
9304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21170 54711 780344
9305 ;;;;;; 0))
9306 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9308 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9309 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9311 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9312 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9314 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9315 useful for assertions in BODY.
9317 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9319 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9320 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9321 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9323 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9325 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9327 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9329 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9330 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9332 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9333 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9334 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9335 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9337 Returns the stats object.
9339 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9341 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9342 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9344 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9345 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9346 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9347 the tests).
9349 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9351 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9352 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9354 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9355 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9356 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9357 and how to display message.
9359 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9361 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9363 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9364 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9366 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9368 ;;;***
9370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (20709 26818
9371 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9372 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9374 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9376 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9377 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9379 \(fn)" t nil)
9381 ;;;***
9383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21048 47760
9384 ;;;;;; 436258 0))
9385 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9387 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9388 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9390 \(fn)" t nil)
9392 ;;;***
9394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21042 9718 407372
9395 ;;;;;; 0))
9396 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9397 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9399 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9400 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9401 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9402 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9403 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9404 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9405 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9406 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9407 buffer selected (or created).
9409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9411 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9412 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9413 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9415 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9417 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9418 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9419 The result might be any Lisp object.
9420 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9421 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9422 corresponding to a successful execution.
9424 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9426 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9428 ;;;***
9430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (20992 52525 458637
9431 ;;;;;; 0))
9432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9434 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9435 File name of tags table.
9436 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9437 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9438 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9439 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9440 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9442 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9443 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9444 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9445 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9447 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9449 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9450 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9451 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9452 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9453 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9454 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9456 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9458 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9459 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9460 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9462 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9464 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9465 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9466 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9467 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9468 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9470 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9472 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9473 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9474 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9475 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9477 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9479 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9480 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9481 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9482 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9483 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9485 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9487 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9488 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9490 \(fn)" t nil)
9492 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9493 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9494 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9495 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9497 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9498 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9499 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9500 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9501 file the tag was in.
9503 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9505 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9506 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9507 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9508 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9509 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9510 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9511 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9512 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9513 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9515 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9517 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9518 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9519 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9520 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9521 without directory names.
9523 \(fn)" nil nil)
9524 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9525 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9526 (progn
9527 (load "etags")
9528 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9530 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9531 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9532 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9533 but does not select the buffer.
9534 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9536 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9537 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9538 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9539 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9540 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9542 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9544 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9545 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9546 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9548 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9550 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9552 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9553 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9554 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9555 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9557 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9558 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9559 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9560 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9561 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9563 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9565 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9566 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9567 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9569 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9571 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9572 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9574 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9575 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9576 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9577 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9578 around or before point.
9580 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9581 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9582 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9583 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9584 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9586 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9588 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9589 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9590 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9592 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9594 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9595 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9597 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9598 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9599 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9600 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9601 around or before point.
9603 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9604 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9605 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9606 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9607 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9609 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9611 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9612 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9613 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9615 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9617 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9618 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9620 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9621 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9622 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9624 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9625 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9626 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9627 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9628 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9630 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9632 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9633 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9634 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9636 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9638 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9639 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9640 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9642 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9643 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9645 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9646 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9647 where they were found.
9649 \(fn)" t nil)
9651 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9652 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9654 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9655 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9656 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9658 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9659 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9661 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9662 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9664 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9666 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9667 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9668 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9669 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9671 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9672 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9673 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9674 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9675 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9677 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9678 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9680 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9681 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9682 Stops when a match is found.
9683 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9685 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9686 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9687 restricted to these files.
9689 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9691 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9693 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9694 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9695 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9696 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9697 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9698 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9699 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9700 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9702 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9703 produce the list of files to search.
9705 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9707 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9709 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9710 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9711 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9712 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9713 directory specification.
9715 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9717 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9718 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9720 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9722 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9723 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9724 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9725 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9727 \(fn)" t nil)
9729 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9730 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9731 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9732 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9733 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9735 \(fn)" t nil)
9737 ;;;***
9739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (20709
9740 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9741 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9743 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9746 \(fn)" nil nil)
9748 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9749 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9751 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9752 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9754 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9755 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9756 primary language.
9758 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9759 even if the buffer is read-only.
9761 See also the descriptions of the variables
9762 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9764 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9766 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9767 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9769 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9770 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9772 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9773 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9774 primary language.
9776 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9777 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9779 See also the descriptions of the variables
9780 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9782 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9784 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9785 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9786 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9787 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9789 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9791 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9792 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9793 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9794 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9796 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9797 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9798 primary language.
9800 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9801 buffer is read-only.
9803 See also the descriptions of the variables
9804 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9805 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9807 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9809 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9810 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9812 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9813 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9815 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9816 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9817 the primary language.
9819 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9820 buffer is read-only.
9822 See also the descriptions of the variables
9823 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9824 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9826 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9828 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9829 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9830 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9832 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9834 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9835 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9837 \(fn)" t nil)
9839 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9840 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9842 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9843 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9844 be 1, 2, or 3.
9846 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9847 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9848 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9850 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9852 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9854 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9855 This function is deprecated.
9857 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9859 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9860 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9862 \(fn)" t nil)
9864 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9865 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9867 \(fn)" t nil)
9869 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9870 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9872 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9873 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9875 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9876 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9878 \(fn)" nil nil)
9880 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9881 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9883 \(fn)" nil nil)
9885 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9886 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9888 \(fn)" nil nil)
9890 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9891 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9893 \(fn)" nil nil)
9895 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9896 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9897 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9899 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9901 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9904 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9906 ;;;***
9908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
9909 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9911 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9912 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9913 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9914 server for future sessions.
9916 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9918 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9919 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9920 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9922 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9924 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9925 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9926 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9928 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9930 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9931 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9932 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9933 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9934 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9935 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9936 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9937 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9938 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9939 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9940 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9941 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9943 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9945 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9946 Display a form to query the directory server.
9947 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9948 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9950 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9952 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9953 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9954 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9956 \(fn)" t nil)
9958 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9960 ;;;***
9962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20791 9657 561026
9963 ;;;;;; 0))
9964 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9966 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9967 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9969 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9971 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9972 Display URL and make it clickable.
9974 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9976 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9977 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9979 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9981 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9982 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9984 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9986 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9987 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9989 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9991 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9992 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9994 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9996 ;;;***
9998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20871 33574
9999 ;;;;;; 214287 0))
10000 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10002 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10003 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10004 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10006 \(fn)" t nil)
10008 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10009 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10011 \(fn)" t nil)
10013 ;;;***
10015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21040
10016 ;;;;;; 17194 398147 0))
10017 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10019 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10020 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10022 \(fn)" t nil)
10024 ;;;***
10026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20709 26818 907104
10027 ;;;;;; 0))
10028 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10030 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10031 Create an empty ewoc.
10033 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10035 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10036 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10037 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10038 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10039 `insert-before-markers'.
10041 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10042 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10043 respectively, of the ewoc.
10045 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10046 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10047 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10049 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10051 ;;;***
10053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21180 4150 280102 0))
10054 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10056 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10057 Fetch URL and render the page.
10058 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10059 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10061 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10062 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10064 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10065 Render a file using EWW.
10067 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10069 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10072 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10074 ;;;***
10076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21041
10077 ;;;;;; 38058 75002 0))
10078 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10080 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10081 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10082 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10084 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10086 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10087 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10088 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10089 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10090 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10092 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10094 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10095 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10096 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10097 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10098 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10099 executable.
10101 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10103 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10104 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10105 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10107 \(fn)" t nil)
10109 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10110 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10111 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10112 file modes.
10114 \(fn)" nil nil)
10116 ;;;***
10118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10119 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10121 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10122 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10123 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10124 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10126 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10128 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10129 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10130 to generate such functions.
10132 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10133 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10134 beginning of the expanded text.
10136 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10137 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10138 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10139 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10141 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10143 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10145 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10146 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10147 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10149 \(fn)" nil nil)
10151 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10152 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10153 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10155 \(fn)" t nil)
10157 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10158 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10159 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10161 \(fn)" t nil)
10162 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10163 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10165 ;;;***
10167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21176 7093 848315
10168 ;;;;;; 0))
10169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10171 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10172 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10173 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10175 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10176 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10177 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10179 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10181 Key definitions:
10182 \\{f90-mode-map}
10184 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10186 `f90-do-indent'
10187 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10188 `f90-if-indent'
10189 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10190 `f90-type-indent'
10191 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10192 `f90-program-indent'
10193 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10194 (default 2).
10195 `f90-associate-indent'
10196 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10197 `f90-critical-indent'
10198 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10199 `f90-continuation-indent'
10200 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10201 `f90-comment-region'
10202 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10203 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10204 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10205 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10206 (default \"!\").
10207 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10208 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10209 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10210 `f90-break-delimiters'
10211 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10212 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10213 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10214 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10215 (default t).
10216 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10217 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10218 `f90-smart-end'
10219 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10220 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10221 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10222 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10223 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10224 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10225 `f90-leave-line-no'
10226 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10228 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10229 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10231 \(fn)" t nil)
10233 ;;;***
10235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21176 7093 848315
10236 ;;;;;; 0))
10237 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10239 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10240 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10241 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10242 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10244 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10245 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10246 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10247 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10248 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10250 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10251 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10252 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10253 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10254 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10255 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10256 attributes.
10258 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10259 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10261 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10263 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10264 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10265 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10266 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10268 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10270 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10271 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10272 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10273 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10275 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10276 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10277 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10279 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10280 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10281 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10282 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10284 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10286 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10287 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10288 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10290 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10291 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10292 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10293 the same amount).
10295 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10297 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10298 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10299 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10301 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10302 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10303 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10304 will remove any scaling currently active.
10306 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10308 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10309 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10310 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10312 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10313 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10314 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10315 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10316 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10318 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10319 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10321 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10323 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10324 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10326 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10327 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10328 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10330 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10331 the face height as long as the input event read
10332 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10334 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10335 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10336 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10337 will remove any scaling currently active.
10339 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10340 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10341 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10342 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10343 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10345 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10347 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10348 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10349 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10350 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10351 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10352 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10356 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10357 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10358 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10359 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10360 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10361 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10362 `buffer-face-mode'.
10364 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10365 local, and sets it to FACE.
10367 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10369 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10370 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10371 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10372 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10373 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10374 `face' text property.
10376 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10377 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10378 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10379 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10381 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10382 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10384 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10386 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10387 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10388 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10389 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10393 ;;;***
10395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
10396 ;;;;;; 0))
10397 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10398 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10400 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10401 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10402 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10403 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10405 \(fn)" nil nil)
10407 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10408 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10412 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10413 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10414 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10415 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10419 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10420 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10421 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10422 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10423 backup file names and the like).
10425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10427 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10428 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10429 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10430 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10431 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10432 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10433 internally by feedmail):
10435 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10436 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10437 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10438 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10440 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10441 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10442 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10443 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10444 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10446 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10448 ;;;***
10450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21090 23592 994673 0))
10451 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10453 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10454 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10455 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10456 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10457 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10458 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10459 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10461 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10463 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10464 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10465 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10466 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10467 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10468 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10469 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10471 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10473 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10475 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10476 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10477 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10478 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10479 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10480 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10482 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10484 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10485 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10486 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10487 Return value:
10488 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10489 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10490 * otherwise, nil
10492 \(fn E)" t nil)
10494 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10495 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10496 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10498 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10500 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10501 Try to get a file name at point.
10502 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10504 \(fn)" nil nil)
10506 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10507 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10509 \(fn)" t nil)
10511 ;;;***
10513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (20998 4934 952905
10514 ;;;;;; 0))
10515 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10517 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10518 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10519 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10520 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10522 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10524 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10525 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10526 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10527 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10528 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10529 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10531 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10533 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10534 Add FILE to the file cache.
10536 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10538 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10539 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10540 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10542 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10544 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10545 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10546 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10548 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10550 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10551 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10552 This function does not use any external programs.
10553 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10554 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10555 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10557 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10559 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10560 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10561 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10562 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10563 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10564 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10565 \(directories) is done.
10567 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10569 ;;;***
10571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21142 14078 948441
10572 ;;;;;; 0))
10573 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10575 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10576 Handle file system monitoring event.
10577 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10578 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10580 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10582 ;;;***
10584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (20938 49065 383398
10585 ;;;;;; 0))
10586 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10588 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10589 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10591 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10592 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10593 Local Variables list.
10595 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10596 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10597 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10599 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10601 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10602 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10604 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10606 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10607 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10609 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10610 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10611 the -*- line.
10613 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10614 then this function adds it.
10616 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10618 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10619 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10621 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10623 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10624 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10626 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10628 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10629 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10631 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10633 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10634 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10636 \(fn)" t nil)
10638 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10639 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10641 \(fn)" t nil)
10643 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10644 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10646 \(fn)" t nil)
10648 ;;;***
10650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (20999 25770 522517
10651 ;;;;;; 0))
10652 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10654 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10655 Filesets initialization.
10656 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10658 \(fn)" nil nil)
10660 ;;;***
10662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20709 26818 907104
10663 ;;;;;; 0))
10664 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10665 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10667 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10668 Initiate the building of a find command.
10669 For example:
10671 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10672 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10673 (mtime \"+1\"))
10674 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10676 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10677 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10679 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10681 ;;;***
10683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (20763 30266 231060
10684 ;;;;;; 0))
10685 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10687 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10688 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10689 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10691 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10693 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10694 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10696 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10698 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10699 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10700 and run dired on those files.
10701 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10702 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10704 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10706 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10708 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10709 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10710 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10712 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10713 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10715 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10716 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10718 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10720 ;;;***
10722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (20999 25770 522517
10723 ;;;;;; 0))
10724 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10726 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10727 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10728 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10729 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10730 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10731 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10732 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10734 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10736 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10737 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10738 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10740 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10742 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10744 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10746 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10747 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10748 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10750 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10751 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10753 Variables of interest include:
10755 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10756 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10757 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10759 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10760 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10761 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10763 - `ff-ignore-include'
10764 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10766 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10767 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10769 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10770 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10772 - `ff-special-constructs'
10773 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10774 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10775 extracting the filename from that construct.
10777 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10778 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10780 - `ff-search-directories'
10781 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10782 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10784 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10785 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10787 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10788 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10790 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10791 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10793 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10794 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10796 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10797 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10799 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10801 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10802 Visit the file you click on.
10804 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10806 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10807 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10809 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10811 ;;;***
10813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20709
10814 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
10815 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10817 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10818 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10819 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10821 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10823 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10824 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10825 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10826 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10828 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10829 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10830 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10831 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10833 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10835 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10836 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10838 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10839 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10840 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10841 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10843 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10844 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10845 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10847 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10848 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10849 in `load-path'.
10851 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10853 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10854 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10856 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10857 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10858 places point before the definition.
10859 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10861 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10862 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10863 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10865 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10867 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10868 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10870 See `find-function' for more details.
10872 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10874 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10875 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10877 See `find-function' for more details.
10879 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10881 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10882 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10884 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10885 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10886 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10888 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10889 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10891 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10893 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10894 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10896 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10897 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10898 places point before the definition.
10900 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10902 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10903 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10904 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10906 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10908 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10909 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10911 See `find-variable' for more details.
10913 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10915 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10916 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10918 See `find-variable' for more details.
10920 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10922 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10923 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10924 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10925 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10926 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10927 buffer nor display it.
10929 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10930 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10932 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10934 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10935 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10937 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10938 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10939 places point before the definition.
10941 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10943 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10944 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10945 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10947 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10949 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10950 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10951 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10953 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10955 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10956 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10958 \(fn)" t nil)
10960 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10961 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10963 \(fn)" t nil)
10965 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10966 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10968 \(fn)" nil nil)
10970 ;;;***
10972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20993 35788 926781
10973 ;;;;;; 0))
10974 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10976 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10977 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10979 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10981 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10982 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10984 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10986 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10987 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10989 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10991 ;;;***
10993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21031 2230 839140 0))
10994 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10995 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10997 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10998 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11000 \(fn)" t nil)
11002 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11003 Display FILE's commentary section.
11004 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11006 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11008 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11009 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11011 \(fn)" t nil)
11013 ;;;***
11015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (20709 26818 907104
11016 ;;;;;; 0))
11017 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11019 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11020 Toggle flow control handling.
11021 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11022 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11024 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11026 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11027 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11028 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11029 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11030 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11031 to get the effect of a C-q.
11033 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11035 ;;;***
11037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (20709 26818
11038 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11039 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11041 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11044 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11046 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11049 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11051 ;;;***
11053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21156 21817
11054 ;;;;;; 133919 0))
11055 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11056 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11058 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11059 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11060 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11061 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11062 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11063 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11067 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11068 Turn flymake mode on.
11070 \(fn)" nil nil)
11072 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11073 Turn flymake mode off.
11075 \(fn)" nil nil)
11077 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11080 \(fn)" nil nil)
11082 ;;;***
11084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20847 51240
11085 ;;;;;; 240216 0))
11086 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11088 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11089 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11091 \(fn)" t nil)
11092 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11094 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11095 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11096 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11097 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11098 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11100 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11101 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11102 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11104 Bindings:
11105 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11106 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11107 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11108 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11110 Hooks:
11111 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11113 Remark:
11114 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11115 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11116 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11118 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11119 consider adding:
11120 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11121 in your init file.
11123 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11124 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11128 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11129 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11131 \(fn)" nil nil)
11133 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11134 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11136 \(fn)" nil nil)
11138 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11139 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11141 \(fn)" nil nil)
11143 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11144 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11146 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11148 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11149 Flyspell whole buffer.
11151 \(fn)" t nil)
11153 ;;;***
11155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (20709 26818 907104
11156 ;;;;;; 0))
11157 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11158 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11160 ;;;***
11162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
11163 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11165 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11166 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11168 \(fn)" nil nil)
11170 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11171 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11173 \(fn)" nil nil)
11175 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11176 Toggle Follow mode.
11177 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11178 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11179 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11181 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11182 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11184 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11185 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11186 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11188 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11189 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11190 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11191 movement commands.
11193 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11194 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11195 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11196 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11197 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11198 mileage may vary).
11200 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11201 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11203 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11205 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11207 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11208 \\{follow-mode-map}
11210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11212 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11213 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11215 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11216 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11217 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11218 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11219 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11220 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11222 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11223 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11224 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11228 ;;;***
11230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20709 26818
11231 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11232 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11233 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11235 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11236 Toggle Footnote mode.
11237 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11238 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11239 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11241 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11242 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11243 play around with the following keys:
11244 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11248 ;;;***
11250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
11251 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11253 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11254 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11256 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11257 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11258 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11259 C-c < forms-first-record <
11260 C-c > forms-last-record >
11261 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11262 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11263 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11264 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11265 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11266 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11267 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11268 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11269 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11270 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11272 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11274 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11275 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11277 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11279 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11280 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11282 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11284 ;;;***
11286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (20992 52525
11287 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
11288 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11290 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11291 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11292 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11294 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11295 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11297 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11299 Key definitions:
11300 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11302 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11304 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11305 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11306 `fortran-do-indent'
11307 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11308 `fortran-if-indent'
11309 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11310 `fortran-structure-indent'
11311 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11312 (default 3)
11313 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11314 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11315 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11316 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11317 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11318 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11319 nil don't change the indentation
11320 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11321 value of either
11322 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11323 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11324 depending on the continuation format in use.
11325 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11326 indentation for a line of code.
11327 (default 'fixed)
11328 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11329 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11330 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11331 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11332 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11333 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11334 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11335 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11336 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11337 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11338 column 5.
11339 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11340 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11341 statements (default nil).
11342 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11343 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11344 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11345 `fortran-continuation-string'
11346 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11347 line (default \"$\").
11348 `fortran-comment-region'
11349 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11350 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11351 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11352 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11353 as typed (default t).
11354 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11355 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11357 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11358 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11360 \(fn)" t nil)
11362 ;;;***
11364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20765 36517 595445
11365 ;;;;;; 191000))
11366 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11368 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11369 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11371 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11372 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11374 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11376 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11377 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11379 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11380 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11382 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11384 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11385 Compile fortune file.
11387 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11388 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11390 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11392 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11393 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11395 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11396 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11397 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11398 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11400 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11402 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11403 Display a fortune cookie.
11404 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11405 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11406 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11407 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11409 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11411 ;;;***
11413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21005 64551 555603
11414 ;;;;;; 0))
11415 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11417 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11418 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11419 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11421 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11422 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11423 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11425 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11426 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11428 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11429 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11431 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11432 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11433 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11434 intend to modify existing values, do
11436 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11438 before changing anything.
11440 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11441 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11443 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11444 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11445 to restore the frame.
11447 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11448 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11449 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11451 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11452 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11453 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11454 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11455 FILTER A filter function.
11457 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11458 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11460 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11462 where
11464 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11465 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11466 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11467 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11468 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11469 before restoring it.
11470 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11472 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11473 It must return:
11474 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11475 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11476 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11478 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11479 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11481 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11482 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11483 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11484 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11485 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11486 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11487 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11489 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11491 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11492 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11494 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11496 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11497 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11498 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11499 If nil, check all live frames.
11501 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11503 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11504 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11505 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11506 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11507 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11508 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11509 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11510 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11511 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11512 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11513 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11515 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11517 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11518 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11520 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11521 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11522 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11523 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11524 and window-state is not restored.
11526 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11527 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11529 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to use to reuse frames when restoring:
11530 t Reuse existing frames if possible, and delete those not reused.
11531 nil Restore frameset in new frames and delete existing frames.
11532 :keep Restore frameset in new frames and keep the existing ones.
11533 LIST A list of frames to reuse; only these are reused (if possible).
11534 Remaining frames in this list are deleted; other frames not
11535 included on the list are left untouched.
11537 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11538 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11539 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11540 :delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11541 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11542 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11543 `:delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11544 be created from that parameter alist.
11546 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11547 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11548 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11549 :all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11550 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11551 - the live frame just restored,
11552 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11553 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11554 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11556 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11557 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11558 being restored before that happens; and FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11559 it has been restored.
11561 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11563 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN)" nil nil)
11565 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11566 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11567 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11568 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11570 \(fn REGISTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
11572 ;;;***
11574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (20752 26925
11575 ;;;;;; 124734 677000))
11576 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11577 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11579 ;;;***
11581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21148 27704
11582 ;;;;;; 136341 0))
11583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11585 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11586 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11587 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11589 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11591 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11592 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11593 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11594 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11595 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11596 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11597 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11601 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11602 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11603 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11604 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11606 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11607 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11608 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11609 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11610 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11612 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11613 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11614 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11615 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11617 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11618 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11619 shown in some of the buffers.
11621 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11623 The following commands help control operation :
11625 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11626 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11628 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11629 detailed description of this mode.
11632 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11633 | GDB Toolbar |
11634 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11635 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11636 | | |
11637 | | |
11638 | | |
11639 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11640 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11641 | | (comint-mode) |
11642 | | |
11643 | | |
11644 | | |
11645 | | |
11646 | | |
11647 | | |
11648 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11649 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11650 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11651 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11652 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11653 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11655 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11657 ;;;***
11659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20928 13222
11660 ;;;;;; 500272 0))
11661 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11663 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11664 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11665 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11666 instead (which see).")
11668 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11669 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11671 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11672 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11673 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11674 documentation string instead.
11676 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11677 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11678 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11679 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11680 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11681 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11682 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11683 enders are actually possible.
11685 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11686 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11688 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11689 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11690 `font-lock-keywords'.
11692 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11693 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11694 runs the macro expansion.
11696 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11697 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11698 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11700 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11702 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11704 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11706 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11708 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11709 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11711 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11713 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11714 Enter generic mode MODE.
11716 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11717 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11718 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11720 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11721 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11723 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11725 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11726 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11727 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11728 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11729 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11730 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11731 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11732 `font-lock-keywords'.
11734 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11736 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11738 ;;;***
11740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (20709 26818
11741 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11742 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11744 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11745 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11746 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11747 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11748 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11749 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11753 ;;;***
11755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (20709 26818
11756 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11757 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11759 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11760 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11761 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11763 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11765 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11766 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11768 Guideline for numbers:
11769 1 - error messages
11770 3 - non-serious error messages
11771 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11772 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11773 9 - messages inside loops.
11775 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11777 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11778 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11779 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11781 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11783 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11784 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11786 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11788 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11789 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11791 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11792 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11793 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11794 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11795 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11796 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11798 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11799 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11800 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11801 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11802 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11804 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11806 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11808 ;;;***
11810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21180 4150 280102 0))
11811 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11812 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11813 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11814 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11816 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11817 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11821 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11822 Read network news.
11823 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11824 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11825 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11826 name of an NNTP server to use.
11827 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11828 server.
11830 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11832 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11833 Read news as a slave.
11835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11837 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11838 Pop up a frame to read news.
11839 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11840 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11841 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11842 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11843 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11844 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11845 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11846 current display is used.
11848 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11850 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11851 Read network news.
11852 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11853 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11854 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11856 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11858 ;;;***
11860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21048 47760
11861 ;;;;;; 436258 0))
11862 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11864 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11865 Start Gnus unplugged.
11867 \(fn)" t nil)
11869 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11870 Start Gnus plugged.
11872 \(fn)" t nil)
11874 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11875 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11879 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11880 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11882 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11883 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11884 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11886 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11887 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11888 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11890 \(fn)" t nil)
11892 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11893 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11895 \(fn)" nil nil)
11897 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11898 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11899 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11900 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11901 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11902 supported.
11904 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11906 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11907 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11908 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11909 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11910 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11911 supported.
11913 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11915 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11916 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11918 \(fn)" nil nil)
11920 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11921 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11922 downloaded into the agent.
11924 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11926 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11927 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11928 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11929 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11931 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11933 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11934 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11936 \(fn)" t nil)
11938 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11939 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11941 \(fn)" t nil)
11943 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11944 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11945 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11947 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11949 ;;;***
11951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21172 10041
11952 ;;;;;; 427978 0))
11953 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11955 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11956 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11958 \(fn)" nil nil)
11960 ;;;***
11962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21040
11963 ;;;;;; 17194 398147 0))
11964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11966 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11967 Set a bookmark for this article.
11969 \(fn)" t nil)
11971 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11972 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11974 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11976 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11977 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11978 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11979 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11980 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11982 \(fn)" t nil)
11984 ;;;***
11986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20709 26818
11987 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11988 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11990 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11991 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11993 Usage:
11994 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11996 \(fn)" t nil)
11998 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11999 Generate the cache active file.
12001 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12003 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12004 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12006 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12008 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12009 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12010 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12011 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12012 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12013 supported.
12015 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12017 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12018 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12019 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12020 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12021 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12022 supported.
12024 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12026 ;;;***
12028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20988 22031
12029 ;;;;;; 837044 0))
12030 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12032 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12033 Delay this article by some time.
12034 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12036 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12037 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12039 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12040 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12042 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12043 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12045 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12047 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12048 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12050 \(fn)" t nil)
12052 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12053 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12054 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12055 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12057 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12058 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12060 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12062 ;;;***
12064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20709 26818
12065 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12066 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12068 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12071 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12073 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12076 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12078 ;;;***
12080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (20709 26818
12081 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12082 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12084 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12085 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12087 \(fn)" t nil)
12089 ;;;***
12091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (20709 26818
12092 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12093 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12095 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12096 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12098 \(fn)" t nil)
12100 ;;;***
12102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20709 26818
12103 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12106 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12107 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12109 \(fn)" t nil)
12111 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12112 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12114 \(fn)" t nil)
12116 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12117 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12119 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12120 different input formats.
12122 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12124 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12125 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12127 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12128 different input formats.
12130 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12132 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12133 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12134 The PNG is returned as a string.
12136 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12138 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12139 Convert FILE to a Face.
12140 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12141 726 bytes.
12143 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12145 ;;;***
12147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20874
12148 ;;;;;; 65006 176325 548000))
12149 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12151 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12152 Display gravatar in the From header.
12153 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12155 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12157 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12158 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12159 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12161 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12163 ;;;***
12165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21172 10041
12166 ;;;;;; 427978 0))
12167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12169 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12170 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12171 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12172 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12174 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12176 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12177 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12179 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12181 ;;;***
12183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21141 54458
12184 ;;;;;; 609734 0))
12185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12187 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12190 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12192 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12195 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12197 ;;;***
12199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21040 17194
12200 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
12201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12203 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12205 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12206 Run batched scoring.
12207 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12209 \(fn)" t nil)
12211 ;;;***
12213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (20709 26818 907104
12214 ;;;;;; 0))
12215 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12217 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12220 \(fn)" nil nil)
12222 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12223 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12224 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12226 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12228 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12229 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12231 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12235 ;;;***
12237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (20709 26818
12238 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12239 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12241 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12242 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12243 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12244 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12245 group parameters.
12247 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12248 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12249 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12250 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12252 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12253 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12254 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12255 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12256 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12257 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12258 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12259 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12260 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12261 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12263 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12265 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12266 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12267 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12268 nil CATCH-ALL).
12270 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12271 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12273 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12275 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12276 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12277 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12279 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12281 \(fn)" nil nil)
12283 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12284 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12285 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12287 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12289 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12290 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12291 existing groups are considered.
12293 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12294 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12295 returned.
12297 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12298 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12299 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12300 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12301 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12302 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12303 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12304 clauses will be generated.
12306 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12307 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12308 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12309 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12310 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12311 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12313 For example, given the following group parameters:
12315 nnml:mail.bar:
12316 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12317 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12318 nnml:mail.foo:
12319 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12320 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12321 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12322 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12323 nnml:mail.others:
12324 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12326 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12328 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12329 \"mail.bar\")
12330 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12331 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12332 \"mail.others\")
12334 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12336 ;;;***
12338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21157 42680
12339 ;;;;;; 708839 0))
12340 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12342 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12343 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12344 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12345 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12346 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12347 instead.
12349 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12351 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12352 Mail to ADDRESS.
12354 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12356 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12357 Like `message-reply'.
12359 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12361 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12363 ;;;***
12365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12366 ;;;;;; (20886 939 575794 0))
12367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12369 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12370 Send a notification on new message.
12371 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12372 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12373 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12375 This is typically a function to add in
12376 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12378 \(fn)" nil nil)
12380 ;;;***
12382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (20874 65006
12383 ;;;;;; 672942 217000))
12384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12386 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12387 Display picons in the From header.
12388 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12390 \(fn)" t nil)
12392 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12393 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12394 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12396 \(fn)" t nil)
12398 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12399 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12400 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12402 \(fn)" t nil)
12404 ;;;***
12406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20709 26818
12407 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12408 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12410 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12411 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12412 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12413 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12415 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12417 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12418 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12419 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12420 LIST1 is modified.
12422 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12424 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12425 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12426 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12428 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12430 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12433 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12435 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12436 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12437 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12439 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12441 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12442 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12443 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12445 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12447 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12449 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12450 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12451 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12453 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12455 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12456 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12457 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12459 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12461 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12462 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12463 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12465 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12467 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12468 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12470 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12472 ;;;***
12474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20955
12475 ;;;;;; 58152 201869 0))
12476 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12478 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12479 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12481 \(fn)" t nil)
12483 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12484 Install the registry hooks.
12486 \(fn)" t nil)
12488 ;;;***
12490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20709 26818
12491 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12494 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12495 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12496 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12497 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12498 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12499 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12501 \(fn)" t nil)
12503 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12504 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12505 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12506 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12507 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12509 \(fn)" t nil)
12511 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12514 \(fn)" t nil)
12516 ;;;***
12518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21172 10041
12519 ;;;;;; 427978 0))
12520 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12522 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12523 Update the format specification near point.
12525 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12527 ;;;***
12529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (20986 60038
12530 ;;;;;; 720063 0))
12531 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12533 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12534 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12536 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12538 ;;;***
12540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21181 25015
12541 ;;;;;; 517479 0))
12542 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12544 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12545 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12546 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12548 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12550 ;;;***
12552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20709 26818
12553 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12554 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12556 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12557 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12559 \(fn)" t nil)
12561 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12562 Install the sync hooks.
12564 \(fn)" t nil)
12566 ;;;***
12568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (20709 26818
12569 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12570 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12572 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12573 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12575 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12577 ;;;***
12579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21177 27957 288172
12580 ;;;;;; 0))
12581 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12583 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12584 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12585 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12586 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12587 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12588 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12590 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12592 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12594 ;;;***
12596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21139 62016 336404
12597 ;;;;;; 0))
12598 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12600 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12601 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12603 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12604 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12605 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12607 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12608 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12609 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12611 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12612 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12614 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12615 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12617 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12619 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12621 ;;;***
12623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20766 6456
12624 ;;;;;; 368550 0))
12625 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12627 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12629 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12630 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12631 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12632 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12633 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12635 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12637 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12638 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12639 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12640 or to send e-mail.
12641 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12642 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12644 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12645 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12647 \(fn)" t nil)
12648 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12650 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12651 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12652 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12653 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12654 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12658 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12659 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12663 ;;;***
12665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20901 54695
12666 ;;;;;; 989166 0))
12667 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12669 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12670 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12671 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12673 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12675 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12676 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12678 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12680 ;;;***
12682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21173 31085 798700
12683 ;;;;;; 0))
12684 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12686 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12687 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12689 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12691 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12692 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12693 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12694 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12695 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12697 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12698 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12699 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12701 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12703 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12704 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12705 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12706 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12707 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12709 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12711 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12712 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12714 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12716 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12717 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12719 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12720 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12721 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12723 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12724 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12725 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12727 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12728 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12729 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12730 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12732 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12733 How to invoke find and grep.
12734 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12735 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12736 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12737 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12739 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12741 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12742 History list for grep.")
12744 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12745 History list for grep-find.")
12747 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12748 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12749 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12751 \(fn)" nil nil)
12753 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12756 \(fn)" nil nil)
12758 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12759 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12761 \(fn)" nil nil)
12763 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12764 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12765 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12766 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12767 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12769 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12770 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12772 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12773 can easily repeat a grep command.
12775 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12776 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12777 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12778 list is empty).
12780 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12782 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12783 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12784 Collect output in a buffer.
12785 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12786 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12788 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12789 easily repeat a find command.
12791 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12793 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12795 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12796 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12797 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12798 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12799 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12801 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12802 before it is executed.
12803 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12805 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12806 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12807 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12809 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12811 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12813 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12814 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12815 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12816 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12817 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12819 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12820 before it is executed.
12821 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12823 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12824 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12825 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12826 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12828 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12830 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12831 to specify a command to run.
12833 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12835 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12836 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12837 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12838 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12840 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12842 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12844 ;;;***
12846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12847 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12849 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12850 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12851 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12852 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12853 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12855 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12857 ;;;***
12859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21126 691 872266
12860 ;;;;;; 0))
12861 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12863 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12864 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12865 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12866 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12868 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12870 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12871 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12872 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12873 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12875 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12877 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12878 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12879 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12880 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12882 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12884 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12885 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12886 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12887 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12889 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12890 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12892 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12894 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12895 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12896 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12897 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12899 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12901 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12902 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12903 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12904 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12906 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12908 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12909 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12910 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12911 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12912 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12914 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12915 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12916 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12917 original source file access method.
12919 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12920 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12922 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12924 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12925 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12927 \(fn)" t nil)
12929 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12930 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12931 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12932 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12933 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12934 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12936 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12938 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12939 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12940 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12941 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12942 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12946 ;;;***
12948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21168 12983 828381
12949 ;;;;;; 0))
12950 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12952 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12953 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12954 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12955 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12956 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12957 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12958 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12959 set it to.
12960 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12962 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12964 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12965 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12966 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12967 of PLACE.
12968 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12969 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12970 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12971 and SETTER.
12972 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12973 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12975 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12977 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12979 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12980 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12981 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12982 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12983 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12985 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12987 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12989 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12992 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12994 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12996 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12998 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12999 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13000 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13001 well for simple place forms.
13002 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13003 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13004 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13005 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13006 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13007 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13008 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13010 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13012 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13014 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13015 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13016 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13017 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13018 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13020 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13021 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13022 (let ((temp VAL))
13023 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13024 temp)
13025 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13027 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13029 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13030 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13031 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13032 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13033 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13034 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13036 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13038 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13040 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13041 Return a reference to PLACE.
13042 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13043 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13044 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
13045 binding mode.
13047 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13049 ;;;***
13051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20791 9657
13052 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
13053 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13055 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13056 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13057 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13058 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13060 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13061 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13062 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13063 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13065 \(fn)" t nil)
13067 ;;;***
13069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (20478 3673 653810
13070 ;;;;;; 0))
13071 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13073 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13074 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13076 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13078 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13079 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13080 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13081 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13083 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13085 \(fn)" t nil)
13087 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13088 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13089 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13090 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13091 to be updated.
13093 \(fn)" t nil)
13095 ;;;***
13097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20709 26818
13098 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
13099 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13101 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13102 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13104 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13106 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13107 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13108 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13110 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13112 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13113 Verify a hashcash payment
13115 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13117 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13118 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13119 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13120 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13121 `mail-add-payment-async').
13123 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13125 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13126 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13127 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13128 Calculation is asynchronous.
13130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13132 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13133 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13134 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13138 ;;;***
13140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20709 26818 907104
13141 ;;;;;; 0))
13142 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13144 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13145 Return the help-echo string at point.
13146 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13147 property, or nil, is returned.
13148 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13149 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13150 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13152 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13154 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13155 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13156 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13157 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13158 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13160 \(fn)" nil nil)
13162 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13163 Display local help in the echo area.
13164 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13165 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13166 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13167 printed instead.
13169 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13170 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13171 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13175 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13176 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13177 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13179 \(fn)" t nil)
13181 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13182 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13183 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13185 \(fn)" t nil)
13187 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13188 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13189 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13190 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13191 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13192 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13193 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13194 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13195 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13196 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13197 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13199 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13200 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13201 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13202 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13203 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13205 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13206 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13207 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13208 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13209 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13210 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13211 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13212 The default is `never'.")
13214 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13216 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13217 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13218 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13219 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13220 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13221 considered different regions.
13223 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13224 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13225 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13226 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13227 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13228 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13229 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13230 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13231 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13233 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13235 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13236 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13237 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13238 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13239 different regions.
13241 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13242 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13243 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13244 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13245 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13246 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13247 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13248 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13250 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13251 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13252 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13253 rarely happens in practice.
13255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13257 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13258 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13259 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13260 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13261 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13262 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13266 ;;;***
13268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21156 21817 133919
13269 ;;;;;; 0))
13270 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13272 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13273 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13275 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13277 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13278 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13279 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13281 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13283 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13284 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13285 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13286 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13287 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13288 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13289 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13290 search for a function definition.
13292 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13293 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13294 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13295 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13296 suitable file is found, return nil.
13298 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13300 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13303 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13305 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13306 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13307 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13308 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13310 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13312 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13313 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13314 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13315 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13316 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13317 it is displayed along with the global value.
13319 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13321 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13322 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13323 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13324 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13326 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13328 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13329 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13330 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13331 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13332 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13334 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13336 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13337 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13339 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13341 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13342 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13344 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13346 ;;;***
13348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (20992 52525 458637
13349 ;;;;;; 0))
13350 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13352 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13353 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13354 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13355 window listing and describing the options.
13356 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13357 gives the window that lists the options.")
13359 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13361 ;;;***
13363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21170 54711 780344
13364 ;;;;;; 0))
13365 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13367 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13368 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13369 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13370 Commands:
13371 \\{help-mode-map}
13373 \(fn)" t nil)
13375 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13378 \(fn)" nil nil)
13380 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13383 \(fn)" nil nil)
13385 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13386 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13388 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13389 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13390 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13391 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13393 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13394 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13395 restore it properly when going back.
13397 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13399 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13400 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13401 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13402 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13403 from `help-mode'.
13404 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13405 it does not already exist.
13407 \(fn)" nil nil)
13409 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13410 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13412 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13413 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13414 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13415 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13416 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13417 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13418 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13419 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13421 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13422 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13423 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13424 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13426 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13427 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13428 that.
13430 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13432 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13433 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13434 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13435 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13436 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13437 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13439 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13441 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13442 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13443 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13444 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13445 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13447 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13449 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13450 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13452 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13454 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13455 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13456 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13457 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13459 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13461 ;;;***
13463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20992 52525
13464 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
13465 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13467 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13468 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13470 \(fn)" t nil)
13472 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13473 Provide help for current mode.
13475 \(fn)" t nil)
13477 ;;;***
13479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
13480 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13482 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13483 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13484 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13485 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13486 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13488 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13489 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13491 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13492 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13493 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13494 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13496 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13497 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13498 periods.
13500 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13501 in hexl format.
13503 A sample format:
13505 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13506 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13507 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13508 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13509 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13510 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13511 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13512 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13513 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13514 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13515 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13516 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13517 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13518 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13519 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13521 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13522 cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13523 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13525 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13526 also supported.
13528 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13530 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13531 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13532 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13534 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13535 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13536 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13538 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13539 into the buffer at the current point.
13541 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13542 into the buffer at the current point.
13544 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13545 into the buffer at the current point.
13547 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13549 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13550 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13552 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13554 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13558 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13559 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13560 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13561 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13563 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13565 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13566 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13567 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13569 \(fn)" t nil)
13571 ;;;***
13573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21173 31085 798700
13574 ;;;;;; 0))
13575 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13577 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13578 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13579 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13580 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13581 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13583 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13584 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13585 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13586 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13588 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13589 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13590 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13591 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13593 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13594 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13595 which can be called interactively, are:
13597 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13598 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13600 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13601 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13602 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13603 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13605 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13606 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13608 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13609 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13610 available face automatically.
13612 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13613 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13615 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13616 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13617 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13618 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13619 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13620 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13621 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13622 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13623 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13624 function returns t.
13626 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13627 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13629 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13630 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13631 form:
13632 Hi-lock: FOO
13634 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13635 position (number of characters into buffer)
13636 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13637 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13638 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13642 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13643 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13644 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13645 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13646 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13647 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13649 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13651 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13652 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13653 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13654 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13655 ARG is omitted or nil.
13657 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13658 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13659 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13663 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13665 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13666 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13667 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13668 `read-regexp-defaults-function' to customize default
13669 value(s) of REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE.
13671 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13672 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13673 highlighting will not update as you type.
13675 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13677 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13679 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13680 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13681 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13682 `read-regexp-defaults-function' to customize default
13683 value(s) of REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE.
13685 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13686 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13687 highlighting will not update as you type.
13689 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13691 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13693 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13694 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13695 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13696 `read-regexp-defaults-function' to customize default
13697 value(s) of REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE. When
13698 called interactively, replace whitespace in user provided regexp
13699 with arbitrary whitespace and make initial lower-case letters
13700 case-insensitive before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13702 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13703 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13704 highlighting will not update as you type.
13706 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13708 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13710 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13711 Set face of each match of the symbol at point.
13712 Use `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13713 Use non-nil `hi-lock-auto-select-face' to retrieve the next face
13714 from `hi-lock-face-defaults' automatically.
13716 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight symbol at point.
13717 Otherwise, use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used,
13718 the highlighting will not update as you type.
13720 \(fn)" t nil)
13722 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13724 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13725 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13726 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13727 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13728 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13729 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13731 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13733 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13734 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13736 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13737 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13738 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13740 \(fn)" t nil)
13742 ;;;***
13744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (20709 26818
13745 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
13746 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13748 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13749 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13750 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13751 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13752 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13754 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13755 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13756 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13757 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13759 `hide-ifdef-env'
13760 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13761 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13762 is used.
13764 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13765 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13766 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13767 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13768 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13770 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13771 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13772 #endif lines when hiding.
13774 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13775 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13776 is activated.
13778 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13779 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13780 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13782 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13786 ;;;***
13788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (20791 9657
13789 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
13790 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13792 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13793 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13794 Each element has the form
13795 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13797 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13798 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13800 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13801 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13803 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13804 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13805 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13806 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13807 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13808 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13810 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13811 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13813 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13814 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13816 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13817 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13818 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13820 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13821 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13822 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13823 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13824 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13826 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13827 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13828 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13830 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13831 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13832 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13834 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13835 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13837 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13839 Key bindings:
13840 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13844 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13845 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13847 \(fn)" nil nil)
13849 ;;;***
13851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20992 52525 458637
13852 ;;;;;; 0))
13853 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13855 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13856 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13857 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13858 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13859 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13861 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13862 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13863 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13864 this on and off.
13866 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13867 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13868 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13869 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13870 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13871 through various faces.
13872 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13873 buffer with the contents of a file
13874 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13878 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13879 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13880 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13881 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13882 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13884 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13885 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13886 in a distinctive face.
13888 The default value can be customized with variable
13889 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13891 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13895 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13896 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13897 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13899 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13901 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13902 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13904 \(fn)" t nil)
13906 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13907 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13909 \(fn)" t nil)
13911 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13912 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13914 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13915 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13916 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13917 shown in the last face in the list.
13919 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13920 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13921 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13923 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13925 \(fn)" t nil)
13927 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13928 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13930 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13932 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13933 to save the file.
13935 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13936 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13938 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13939 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13940 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13942 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13944 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13945 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13947 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13948 this function is called interactively.
13950 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13951 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13952 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13954 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13955 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13956 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13958 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13960 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13961 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13962 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13963 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13964 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13965 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13967 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13969 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13970 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13971 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13972 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13973 ARG is omitted or nil.
13975 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13976 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13977 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13981 ;;;***
13983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (20992 52525 458637
13984 ;;;;;; 0))
13985 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13986 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13988 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13989 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13990 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13991 or insert functions in this list.")
13993 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13995 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13996 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13997 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13998 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13999 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14000 expansions.
14001 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14002 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14003 undoes the expansion.
14005 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14007 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14008 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14009 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14010 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14012 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14014 ;;;***
14016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21172 10041 427978
14017 ;;;;;; 0))
14018 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14020 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14021 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14022 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14023 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14024 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14026 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14027 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14028 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14029 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14030 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14031 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14033 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14034 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14035 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14036 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14040 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14041 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14042 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14043 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14044 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14045 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14047 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14049 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14050 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14051 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14052 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14053 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14055 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14056 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14057 windows.
14059 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14060 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14064 ;;;***
14066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (20709 26818
14067 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
14068 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14070 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
14072 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14073 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14074 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14076 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14078 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14080 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
14082 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14083 Oriental holidays.
14084 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14086 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14088 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14090 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14092 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14093 Local holidays.
14094 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14096 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14098 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14100 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14102 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14103 User defined holidays.
14104 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14106 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14108 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14110 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14111 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14113 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14115 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14116 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14118 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14120 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14121 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14123 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14125 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14126 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14128 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14130 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14132 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14133 Jewish holidays.
14134 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14136 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14138 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14140 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14142 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14143 Christian holidays.
14144 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14146 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14148 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14150 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14152 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14153 Islamic holidays.
14154 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14156 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14158 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14160 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14162 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14163 Bahá'í holidays.
14164 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14166 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14168 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14170 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14172 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14173 Sun-related holidays.
14174 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14176 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14178 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14180 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14182 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14183 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14184 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14185 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14189 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14190 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14191 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14192 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14193 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14195 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14196 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14198 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14199 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14201 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14202 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14203 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14204 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14205 of a holiday list.
14207 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14209 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14211 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14213 ;;;***
14215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20791 9657
14216 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
14217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14219 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14220 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14222 \(fn)" t nil)
14224 ;;;***
14226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21124 45614
14227 ;;;;;; 800155 912000))
14228 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14229 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14231 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14232 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14233 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14234 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14235 as possible.
14237 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14238 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14239 fontified display.
14241 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14242 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14244 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14245 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14246 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14248 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14250 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14251 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14252 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14254 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14256 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14258 ;;;***
14260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20709 26818 907104
14261 ;;;;;; 0))
14262 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14264 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14265 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14267 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14268 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14269 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14271 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14272 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14273 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14274 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14275 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14276 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14278 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14279 title of the column.
14281 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14282 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14283 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14284 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14285 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14287 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14289 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14290 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14291 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14292 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14293 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14295 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14296 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14297 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14299 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14301 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14302 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14303 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14304 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14305 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14306 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14308 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14309 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14310 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14311 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14312 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14313 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14314 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14315 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14316 values are:
14317 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14318 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14319 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14320 buffer's modification flag.
14321 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14322 prompted before performing this operation.
14323 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14324 operation is complete, in the form:
14325 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14326 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14327 confirmation message, in the form:
14328 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14329 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14330 macro for exactly what it does.
14332 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14334 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14335 Define a filter named NAME.
14336 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14337 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14338 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14340 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14341 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14342 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14343 bound to the current value of the filter.
14345 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14347 ;;;***
14349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21105 26139 752484
14350 ;;;;;; 0))
14351 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14353 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14354 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14355 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14356 buffers which are visiting a file.
14358 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14360 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14361 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14362 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14363 buffers which are visiting a file.
14365 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14367 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14368 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14369 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14371 All arguments are optional.
14372 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14373 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14374 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14375 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14376 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14377 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14378 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14379 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14380 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14381 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14382 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14383 that value locally in this buffer.
14385 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14387 ;;;***
14389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21077
14390 ;;;;;; 65494 651556 676000))
14391 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14392 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14394 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14395 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14396 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14397 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14399 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14401 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14402 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14403 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14404 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14405 ICAL-FILENAME.
14406 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14407 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14408 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14410 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14412 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14413 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14414 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14415 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14416 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14417 non-marking or not.
14419 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14421 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14422 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14424 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14425 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14426 DIARY-FILE.
14428 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14429 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14430 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14432 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14433 non-marking.
14435 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14436 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14437 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14439 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14441 ;;;***
14443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21182 3308 974772
14444 ;;;;;; 0))
14445 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14447 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14448 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14449 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14450 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14451 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14452 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14454 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14456 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14457 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14458 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14459 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14460 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14464 ;;;***
14466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20709 26818 907104
14467 ;;;;;; 0))
14468 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14470 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14471 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14472 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14473 Tab indents for Icon code.
14474 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14475 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14476 \\{icon-mode-map}
14477 Variables controlling indentation style:
14478 icon-tab-always-indent
14479 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14480 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14481 icon-auto-newline
14482 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14483 inserted in Icon code.
14484 icon-indent-level
14485 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14486 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14487 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14488 icon-continued-statement-offset
14489 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14490 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14491 icon-continued-brace-offset
14492 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14493 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14494 icon-brace-offset
14495 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14496 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14497 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14498 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14500 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14501 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14503 \(fn)" t nil)
14505 ;;;***
14507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (20938
14508 ;;;;;; 49065 383398 0))
14509 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14511 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14512 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14513 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14514 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14516 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14517 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14518 separate frames.
14520 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14521 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14523 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14524 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14525 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14527 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14529 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14531 ;;;***
14533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (20929 34089
14534 ;;;;;; 117790 0))
14535 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14536 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14538 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14539 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14541 The main features of this mode are
14543 1. Indentation and Formatting
14544 --------------------------
14545 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14546 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14548 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14549 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14550 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14551 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14553 Comments are indented as follows:
14555 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14556 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14557 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14559 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14561 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14562 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14563 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14564 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14565 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14566 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14568 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14569 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14570 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14571 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14573 2. Routine Info
14574 ------------
14575 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14576 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14577 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14578 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14579 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14580 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14581 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14582 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14583 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14584 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14586 3. Online IDL Help
14587 ---------------
14589 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14590 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14591 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14592 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14594 4. Completion
14595 ----------
14596 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14597 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14598 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14599 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14600 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14601 upper case.
14603 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14604 --------------------------------
14605 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14606 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14608 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14609 \\fu FUNCTION template
14610 \\c CASE statement template
14611 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14612 \\f FOR loop template
14613 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14614 \\w WHILE loop template
14615 \\i IF statement template
14616 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14617 \\b BEGIN
14619 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14620 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14622 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14623 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14624 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14625 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14627 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14628 -------------------------
14629 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14630 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14632 7. Automatic END completion
14633 ------------------------
14634 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14635 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14637 8. Hooks
14638 -----
14639 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14640 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14642 9. Documentation and Customization
14643 -------------------------------
14644 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14645 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14646 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14647 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14648 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14650 10.Keybindings
14651 -----------
14652 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14653 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14654 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14656 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14658 \(fn)" t nil)
14660 ;;;***
14662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21103 35626 321341 0))
14663 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14665 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14666 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14667 The following values are possible:
14668 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14669 displaying...)
14670 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14671 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14672 - nil: Turn off any ido switching.
14674 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14675 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14677 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14679 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14680 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14681 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14682 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14683 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14684 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14685 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14686 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14687 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14691 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14692 Switch to another buffer.
14693 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14694 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14695 in another frame.
14697 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14698 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14699 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14700 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14701 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14703 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14704 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14706 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14708 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14709 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14710 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14711 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14712 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14713 in a separate window.
14714 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14715 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14716 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14717 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14718 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14719 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14720 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14721 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14722 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14724 \(fn)" t nil)
14726 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14727 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14728 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14729 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14731 \(fn)" t nil)
14733 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14734 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14735 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14736 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14738 \(fn)" t nil)
14740 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14741 Kill a buffer.
14742 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14743 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14745 \(fn)" t nil)
14747 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14748 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14749 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14750 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14752 \(fn)" t nil)
14754 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14755 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14756 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14757 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14759 \(fn)" t nil)
14761 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14762 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14764 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14766 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14767 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14768 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14769 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14770 visible in another frame.
14772 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14773 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14774 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14775 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14776 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14777 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14779 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14780 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14782 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14784 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14785 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14786 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14787 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14788 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14789 in a separate window.
14790 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14791 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14792 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14793 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14794 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14795 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14796 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14797 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14798 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14799 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14800 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14801 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14802 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14803 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14804 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14806 \(fn)" t nil)
14808 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14809 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14810 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14811 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14813 \(fn)" t nil)
14815 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14816 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14817 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14818 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14820 \(fn)" t nil)
14822 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14823 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14824 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14825 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14827 \(fn)" t nil)
14829 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14830 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14831 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14832 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14834 \(fn)" t nil)
14836 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14837 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14838 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14839 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14841 \(fn)" t nil)
14843 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14844 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14845 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14846 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14848 \(fn)" t nil)
14850 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14851 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14852 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14853 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14855 \(fn)" t nil)
14857 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14858 Write current buffer to a file.
14859 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14860 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14862 \(fn)" t nil)
14864 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14865 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14866 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14867 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14869 \(fn)" t nil)
14871 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14872 Call `dired' the ido way.
14873 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14874 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14876 \(fn)" t nil)
14878 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14879 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14880 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14881 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14882 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14883 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14885 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14887 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14888 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14889 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14890 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14892 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14894 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14895 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14896 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14897 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14899 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14901 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14902 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14903 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14904 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14905 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14906 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14907 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14908 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14909 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14910 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14911 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14912 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14913 with point positioned at the end.
14914 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14915 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14917 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14919 ;;;***
14921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21172 10041 427978 0))
14922 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14924 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14925 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14926 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14927 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14929 \(fn)" t nil)
14931 ;;;***
14933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
14934 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14936 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14938 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14939 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14940 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14941 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14942 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14943 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14947 ;;;***
14949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21107 32686 465643 0))
14950 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14952 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14953 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14954 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14955 be determined.
14957 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14959 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14960 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14961 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14962 be determined.
14964 \(fn)" nil nil)
14966 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14967 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14968 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14969 be determined.
14971 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14973 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14974 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14975 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14976 be determined.
14978 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14980 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14981 Determine and return image type.
14982 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14983 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14984 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14985 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14986 use its file extension as image type.
14987 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14989 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14991 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14992 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14993 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14995 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14997 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14998 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14999 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15001 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15002 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15003 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15004 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15005 must be available.
15007 \(fn)" nil nil)
15009 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15010 Create an image.
15011 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15012 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15013 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15014 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15015 use its file extension as image type.
15016 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15017 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15018 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15019 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15021 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15023 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15024 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15025 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15027 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15029 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15030 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15031 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15032 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15033 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15034 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15035 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15036 POS may be an integer or marker.
15037 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15038 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15039 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15040 means display it in the right marginal area.
15042 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15044 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15045 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15046 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15047 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15048 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15049 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15050 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15051 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15052 means display it in the right marginal area.
15053 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15054 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15055 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15056 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15057 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15059 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15061 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15062 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15063 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15064 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15065 STRING is a single space.
15066 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15067 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15068 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15069 means display it in the right marginal area.
15070 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15072 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15074 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15075 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15076 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15077 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15079 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15081 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15082 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15084 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15086 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15087 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15088 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15089 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15090 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15091 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15092 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15093 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15094 satisfied.
15096 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15098 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15100 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15102 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15103 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15105 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15106 documentation string.
15108 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15109 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15110 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15111 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15112 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15113 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15114 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15115 define SYMBOL.
15117 Example:
15119 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15120 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15122 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15124 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15126 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15127 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15128 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15129 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15131 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15132 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15133 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15134 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15136 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15138 \(fn)" nil nil)
15140 ;;;***
15142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20971 46377
15143 ;;;;;; 737658 0))
15144 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15145 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15147 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15148 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15149 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15150 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15151 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15152 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15156 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15157 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15159 Convenience command that:
15161 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15162 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15163 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15165 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15166 image files in dired and type
15167 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15169 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15171 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15172 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15174 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15176 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15177 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15178 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15179 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15180 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15181 another one).
15183 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15184 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15185 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15187 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15188 instead of erasing it first.
15190 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15191 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15192 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15193 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15194 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15195 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15197 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15199 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15200 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15201 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15202 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15203 displayed.
15205 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15207 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15209 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15211 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15212 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15214 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15216 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15217 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15218 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15220 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15222 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15223 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15225 \(fn)" t nil)
15227 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15228 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15229 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15230 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15232 \(fn)" t nil)
15234 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15235 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15237 \(fn)" t nil)
15239 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15240 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15242 \(fn)" t nil)
15244 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15245 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15247 \(fn)" t nil)
15249 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15250 Display current image file.
15251 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15252 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15256 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15257 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15259 \(fn)" t nil)
15261 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15262 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15263 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15264 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15265 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15266 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15267 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15269 \(fn)" t nil)
15271 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15272 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15273 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15274 easy-to-use form.
15276 \(fn)" t nil)
15278 ;;;***
15280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (20709 26818 907104
15281 ;;;;;; 0))
15282 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15284 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15285 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15286 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15287 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15289 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15290 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15291 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15292 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15294 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15296 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15297 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15298 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15299 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15301 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15302 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15303 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15304 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15306 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15308 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15309 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15311 \(fn)" nil nil)
15313 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15314 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15315 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15316 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15318 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15320 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15321 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15322 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15323 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15324 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15325 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15327 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15329 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15330 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15331 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15332 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15333 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15335 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15336 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15337 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15341 ;;;***
15343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21005 64551 555603
15344 ;;;;;; 0))
15345 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15347 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15348 Major mode for image files.
15349 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15350 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15352 Key bindings:
15353 \\{image-mode-map}
15355 \(fn)" t nil)
15357 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15358 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15359 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15360 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15361 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15363 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15364 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15365 actual image.
15367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15369 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15370 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15371 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15372 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15373 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15374 to display an image file as the actual image.
15376 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15377 to display an image file as text initially.
15379 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15380 on these modes.
15382 \(fn)" t nil)
15384 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15387 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15389 ;;;***
15391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21145 51520 109004 0))
15392 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15394 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15395 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15397 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15399 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15400 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15401 in the buffer.
15403 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15405 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15406 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15407 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15409 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15411 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15412 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15413 Each element of this list should have the form
15415 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15417 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15418 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15419 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15420 matches are put).
15421 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15422 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15423 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15424 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15425 another element.
15426 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15427 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15428 the menu item.
15429 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15430 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15431 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15432 the ARGUMENTS.
15434 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15435 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15436 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15438 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15439 create a buffer index.
15441 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15442 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15443 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15444 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15445 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15447 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15449 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15450 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15452 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15453 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15454 called within a `save-excursion'.
15456 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15458 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15460 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15461 Function for finding the next index position.
15463 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15464 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15465 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15466 file.
15468 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15469 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15471 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15473 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15474 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15476 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15477 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15478 It should return the name for that index item.")
15480 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15482 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15483 Function to compare string with index item.
15485 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15486 non-nil if they match.
15488 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15489 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15490 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15491 arguments match\".")
15493 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15495 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15496 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15497 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15499 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15500 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15502 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15504 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15506 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15507 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15508 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15509 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15511 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15513 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15514 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15516 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15518 \(fn)" t nil)
15520 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15521 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15522 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15523 for more information.
15525 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15527 ;;;***
15529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20826 45095
15530 ;;;;;; 436233 0))
15531 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15533 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15534 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15536 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15538 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15541 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15543 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15546 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15548 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15551 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15553 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15554 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15556 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15558 ;;;***
15560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21098 17703
15561 ;;;;;; 588969 0))
15562 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15564 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15565 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15566 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15567 to that buffer.
15568 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15569 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15570 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15571 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15573 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15575 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15577 ;;;***
15579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
15580 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15582 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15583 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15584 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15585 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15586 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15587 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15588 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15589 first in this list.
15591 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15592 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15593 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15594 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15595 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15597 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15598 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15599 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15601 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15602 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15604 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15605 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15607 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15608 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15609 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15610 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15611 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15612 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15613 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15614 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15615 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15616 with the top-level Info directory.
15618 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15619 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15621 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15622 \"*info*<%s>\".
15624 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15625 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15626 in all the directories in that path.
15628 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15630 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15632 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15633 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15635 \(fn)" t nil)
15637 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15638 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15640 \(fn)" t nil)
15642 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15643 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15644 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15645 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15647 \(fn)" nil nil)
15649 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15650 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15651 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15652 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15654 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15656 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15657 Go to the Info directory node.
15659 \(fn)" t nil)
15661 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15662 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15663 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15664 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15665 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15666 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15668 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15670 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15671 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15672 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15674 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15676 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15677 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15678 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15679 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15680 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15682 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15684 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15685 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15686 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15687 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15688 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15690 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15691 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15693 Selecting other nodes:
15694 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15695 Follow a node reference you click on.
15696 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15697 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15698 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15699 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15700 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15701 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15702 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15703 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15704 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15705 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15706 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15707 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15708 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15709 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15710 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15711 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15712 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15713 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15714 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15715 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15717 Moving within a node:
15718 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15719 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15720 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15721 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15722 move up to the parent node.
15723 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15724 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15725 if there is none.
15726 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15728 Advanced commands:
15729 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15730 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15731 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15732 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15733 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15734 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15735 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15736 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15737 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15738 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15739 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15740 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15741 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15742 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15743 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15744 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15746 \(fn)" t nil)
15747 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15749 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15750 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15751 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15752 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15753 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15754 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15756 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15757 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15759 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15760 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15761 KEY is a string.
15762 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15763 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15764 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15765 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15767 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15769 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15770 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15771 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15773 \(fn)" t nil)
15775 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15776 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15777 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15779 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15781 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15782 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15783 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15784 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15786 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15788 ;;;***
15790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (20854 24486 190633
15791 ;;;;;; 0))
15792 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15794 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15795 Throw away all cached data.
15796 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15797 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15798 system.
15800 \(fn)" t nil)
15801 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15803 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15804 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15805 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15806 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15807 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15808 one found at point.
15810 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15812 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15813 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15815 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15816 Display the documentation of a file.
15817 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15818 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15819 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15820 The default file name is the one found at point.
15822 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15824 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15826 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15827 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15829 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15831 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15832 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15834 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15836 ;;;***
15838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (20947 64044 876888
15839 ;;;;;; 0))
15840 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15841 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15843 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15844 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15845 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15846 current info file is the default.
15848 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15849 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15850 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15851 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15852 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15854 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15855 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15856 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15857 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15858 mistake in the reference.
15860 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15861 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15862 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15864 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15865 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15866 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15867 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15869 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15871 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15872 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15873 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15874 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15875 checked.
15877 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15878 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15879 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15880 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15881 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15882 should be harmless.
15884 \(fn)" t nil)
15886 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15887 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15888 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15889 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15891 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15892 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15893 and can take a long time.
15895 \(fn)" t nil)
15897 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15898 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15899 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15901 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15903 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15904 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15906 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15907 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15908 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15909 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15910 all builtins).
15912 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15913 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15914 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15915 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15916 the sources handy.
15918 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15920 ;;;***
15922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (20774 566 676067
15923 ;;;;;; 0))
15924 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15926 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15927 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15929 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15931 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15932 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15934 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15936 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15937 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15938 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15939 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15941 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15942 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15943 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15945 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15946 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15947 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15948 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15950 \(fn)" t nil)
15952 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15953 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15954 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15956 \(fn)" t nil)
15958 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15959 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15960 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15961 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15962 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15964 \(fn)" nil nil)
15966 ;;;***
15968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (20745 310
15969 ;;;;;; 425822 0))
15970 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15971 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15973 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15974 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15975 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15977 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15979 ;;;***
15981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (20922
15982 ;;;;;; 60838 997229 0))
15983 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15985 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15986 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15988 \(fn)" t nil)
15990 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15991 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15993 \(fn)" t nil)
15995 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15998 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16000 ;;;***
16002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21172 10041 427978
16003 ;;;;;; 0))
16004 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16005 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16007 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16008 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16009 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16010 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16011 accessed via isearchb.
16013 \(fn)" t nil)
16015 ;;;***
16017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (20791
16018 ;;;;;; 9657 561026 0))
16019 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16021 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16022 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16023 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16024 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16025 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16027 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16029 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16030 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16031 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16032 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16033 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16035 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16037 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16038 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16039 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16040 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16041 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16043 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16045 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16046 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16047 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16048 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16049 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16051 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16053 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16054 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16055 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16056 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16057 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16059 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16061 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16062 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16063 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16064 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16065 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16067 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16069 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16070 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16071 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16072 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16073 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16075 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16077 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16078 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16079 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16080 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16082 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16084 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16085 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16086 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16087 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16089 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16091 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16092 Warn that format is read-only.
16094 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16096 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16097 Warn that format is write-only.
16099 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16101 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16102 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16104 \(fn)" t nil)
16106 ;;;***
16108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16109 ;;;;;; (20791 9657 561026 0))
16110 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16111 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16112 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16114 ;;;***
16116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21118 6587
16117 ;;;;;; 141205 0))
16118 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16120 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16122 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16123 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16124 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16125 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16126 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16128 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16130 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16132 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16133 Key map for ispell menu.")
16135 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16136 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16137 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16138 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16140 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16142 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16144 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16146 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16148 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16149 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16150 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16151 Valid forms include:
16152 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16153 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16154 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16155 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16157 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16158 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16159 First list is used raw.
16160 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16162 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16163 for skipping in latex mode.")
16165 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16166 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16167 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16168 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16169 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16170 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16171 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16173 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16174 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16175 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16176 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16178 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16179 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16180 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16181 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16182 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16184 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16185 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16187 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16188 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16190 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16191 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16193 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16194 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16196 Return values:
16197 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16198 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16199 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16200 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16201 quit spell session exited.
16203 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16205 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16206 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16207 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16209 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16211 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16212 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16214 Selections are:
16216 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16217 SPC: Accept word this time.
16218 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16219 `a': Accept word for this session.
16220 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16221 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16222 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16223 `?': Show these commands.
16224 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16225 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16226 the aborted check to be completed later.
16227 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16228 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16229 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16230 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16231 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16232 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16233 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16235 \(fn)" nil nil)
16237 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16238 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16239 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16240 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16242 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16244 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16245 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16246 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16247 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16249 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16251 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16253 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16254 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16255 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16256 amount for last line processed.
16258 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16260 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16261 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16263 \(fn)" t nil)
16265 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16266 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16268 \(fn)" t nil)
16270 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16271 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16272 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16274 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16276 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16277 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16279 \(fn)" t nil)
16281 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16282 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16283 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16284 sequence inside of a word.
16286 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16288 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16290 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16291 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16293 \(fn)" t nil)
16295 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16296 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16297 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16298 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16300 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16301 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16302 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16303 available on the net.
16305 \(fn)" t nil)
16307 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16308 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16309 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16310 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16311 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16313 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16314 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16315 spelled.
16317 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16318 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16319 SPC.
16321 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16322 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16326 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16327 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16328 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16329 Don't check included messages.
16331 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16332 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16333 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16335 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16336 in your init file:
16337 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16338 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16339 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16340 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16342 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16343 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16344 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16346 \(fn)" t nil)
16348 ;;;***
16350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (21162 14870 257953
16351 ;;;;;; 0))
16352 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16354 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16355 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16356 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16357 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16358 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16359 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16361 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16363 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16364 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16365 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16366 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16367 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16369 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16370 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16374 ;;;***
16376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20709
16377 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16378 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16380 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16383 \(fn)" nil nil)
16385 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16386 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16387 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16388 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16389 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16390 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16391 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16392 necessary to represent OBJ.
16394 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16396 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16397 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16398 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16399 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16401 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16403 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16404 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16405 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16406 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16407 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16409 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16411 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16412 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16413 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16414 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16416 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16418 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16419 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16420 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16421 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16423 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16425 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16426 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16428 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16430 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16431 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16432 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16433 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16434 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16436 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16438 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16439 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16440 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16441 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16442 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16444 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16446 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16447 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16448 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16450 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16452 ;;;***
16454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (20998 4934 952905
16455 ;;;;;; 0))
16456 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16458 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16459 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16460 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16461 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16463 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16466 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16468 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16469 Uninstall jka-compr.
16470 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16471 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16472 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16474 \(fn)" nil nil)
16476 ;;;***
16478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21157 42680 708839
16479 ;;;;;; 0))
16480 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16481 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16483 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16484 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16486 \(fn)" t nil)
16487 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16489 ;;;***
16491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21139 12727 345232 0))
16492 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16493 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16495 ;;;***
16497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (20709 26818
16498 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
16499 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16501 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16502 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16503 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16504 decimal key must be specified.")
16506 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16508 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16509 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16510 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16511 decimal key must be specified.")
16513 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16515 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16516 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16517 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16518 decimal key must be specified.")
16520 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16522 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16523 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16524 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16525 decimal key must be specified.")
16527 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16529 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16530 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16531 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16532 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16533 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16534 keys are bound.
16536 Setup Binding
16537 -------------------------------------------------------------
16538 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16539 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16540 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16541 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16542 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16543 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16544 in the global and local keymaps.
16546 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16547 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16549 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16551 ;;;***
16553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (20709
16554 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16555 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16557 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16558 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16559 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16561 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16562 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16563 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16564 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16565 shorter.
16567 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16568 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16569 the context of text formatting.
16571 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16573 ;;;***
16575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20998 4934 952905
16576 ;;;;;; 0))
16577 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16579 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16580 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16581 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16582 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16583 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16584 positions that contains the current selection.")
16586 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16587 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16588 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16589 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16590 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16591 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16592 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16594 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16596 ;;;***
16598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21176 7093 848315 0))
16599 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16600 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16601 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16602 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16603 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16604 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16605 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16606 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16608 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16609 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16611 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16613 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16614 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16615 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16616 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16617 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16619 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16621 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16622 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16623 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16625 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16626 defining the macro.
16628 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16629 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16630 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16632 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16633 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16635 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16637 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16638 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16639 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16640 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16641 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16642 under that name.
16644 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16645 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16646 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16648 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16650 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16651 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16652 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16653 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16655 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16656 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16657 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16658 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16660 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16661 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16663 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16665 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16666 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16667 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16669 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16670 macro.
16672 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16673 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16675 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16676 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16677 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16679 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16680 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16682 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16684 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16685 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16686 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16687 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16689 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16691 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16692 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16693 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16694 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16696 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16697 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16699 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16701 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16702 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16703 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16705 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16707 ;;;***
16709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (20709
16710 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16711 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16713 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16714 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16715 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16717 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16720 \(fn)" nil nil)
16722 ;;;***
16724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21040 47148
16725 ;;;;;; 604043 521000))
16726 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16728 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16730 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16731 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16733 \(fn)" t nil)
16735 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16736 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16737 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16738 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16740 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16741 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16742 none / 1 | yes | no
16743 2 | yes | yes
16744 3 | no | yes
16745 4 | no | no
16747 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16748 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16749 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16751 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16753 ;;;***
16755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20826 45095
16756 ;;;;;; 436233 0))
16757 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16759 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16762 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16764 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16765 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16766 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16767 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16768 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16769 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16771 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16772 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16774 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16776 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16777 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16779 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16781 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16784 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16786 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16789 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16791 ;;;***
16793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20799
16794 ;;;;;; 169 640767 0))
16795 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16797 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16798 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16799 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16800 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16802 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16804 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16805 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16806 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16808 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16810 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16811 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16812 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16814 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16816 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16817 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16818 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16819 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16821 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16823 ;;;***
16825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16826 ;;;;;; (20826 45095 436233 0))
16827 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16829 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16830 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16831 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16832 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16833 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16834 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16835 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16836 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16838 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16839 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16841 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16842 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16844 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16846 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16847 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16848 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16849 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16850 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16851 `latin1-display-setup'.
16853 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16855 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16856 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16857 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16858 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16860 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16861 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16863 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16865 ;;;***
16867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (20874
16868 ;;;;;; 62962 290468 0))
16869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16871 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16872 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16874 \(fn)" t nil)
16876 ;;;***
16878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21048 47760 436258 0))
16879 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16881 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16882 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16883 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16884 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16885 generations (this defaults to 1).
16887 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16889 ;;;***
16891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21100 59431 520894 0))
16892 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16893 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16895 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16896 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16898 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16899 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16901 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16905 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16906 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16907 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16908 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16909 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16910 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16912 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16914 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16915 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16916 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16917 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16918 ARG is omitted or nil.
16920 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16921 `linum-on' would do it.
16922 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16924 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16926 ;;;***
16928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21126 691 872266
16929 ;;;;;; 0))
16930 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16932 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16933 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16934 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16935 is nil, raise an error.
16937 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16938 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16939 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16940 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16941 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16942 defined by the library.
16944 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16945 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16946 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16947 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16948 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16949 proceeds.
16951 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16952 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16953 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16954 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16956 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16958 ;;;***
16960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
16961 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16963 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16964 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16965 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16967 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16969 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16970 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16971 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16972 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16974 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16975 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16976 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16977 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16978 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16979 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16980 the version.)
16982 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16983 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16985 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16986 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16988 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16989 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16991 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16993 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16994 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16995 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16996 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16997 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16998 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16999 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17000 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17001 to constrain a big search.
17003 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17005 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17006 except that FILTER is not optional.
17008 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17010 ;;;***
17012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21172 10041 427978
17013 ;;;;;; 0))
17014 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17016 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17017 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17018 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17019 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17020 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17021 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17022 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17023 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17024 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17025 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17027 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17028 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17029 associated values:
17030 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17031 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17032 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17033 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17034 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17036 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17037 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17038 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17040 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17042 ;;;***
17044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20986 13739 89657
17045 ;;;;;; 0))
17046 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17048 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17049 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17051 \(fn)" t nil)
17053 ;;;***
17055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21104 56491 538513 0))
17056 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17058 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17059 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17061 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17062 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17064 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17065 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17066 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17068 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17069 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17071 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17072 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17073 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17074 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17075 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17076 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17077 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17079 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17081 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17082 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17083 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17084 switch on this list.
17085 See `lpr-command'.")
17087 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17089 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17090 Name of program for printing a file.
17092 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17093 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17094 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17095 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17096 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17097 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17098 argument.")
17100 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17102 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17103 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17104 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17105 for customization of the printer command.
17107 \(fn)" t nil)
17109 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17110 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17112 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17113 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17114 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17115 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17117 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17118 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17120 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17121 for further customization of the printer command.
17123 \(fn)" t nil)
17125 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17126 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17127 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17128 for customization of the printer command.
17130 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17132 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17133 Paginate and print the region contents.
17135 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17136 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17137 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17138 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17140 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17141 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17143 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17144 for further customization of the printer command.
17146 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17148 ;;;***
17150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21170 54711 780344
17151 ;;;;;; 0))
17152 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17154 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17155 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17156 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17158 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17160 ;;;***
17162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20709 26818 907104
17163 ;;;;;; 0))
17164 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17166 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17167 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17168 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17169 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17173 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17175 ;;;***
17177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20874 62962
17178 ;;;;;; 290468 0))
17179 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17181 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17182 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17184 \(fn)" t nil)
17186 ;;;***
17188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17189 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17191 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17192 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17193 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17194 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17195 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17197 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17199 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17200 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17201 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17202 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17204 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17205 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17206 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17207 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17208 bindings.
17210 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17211 use this command, and then save the file.
17213 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17215 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17216 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17217 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17218 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17219 each time the macro executes.
17220 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17221 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17222 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17223 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17224 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17225 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17226 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17228 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17230 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17231 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17232 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17233 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17235 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17236 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17237 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17238 execute.
17240 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17241 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17243 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17244 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17245 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17246 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17247 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17249 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17250 looked like this:
17252 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17253 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17254 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17256 You could enter the names in this format:
17262 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17264 \\C-x (
17265 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17266 \\C-x )
17268 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17269 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17271 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17272 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17274 ;;;***
17276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (20709 26818
17277 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17278 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17280 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17281 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17282 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17283 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17284 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17285 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17287 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17288 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17289 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17290 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17291 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17293 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17294 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17295 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17296 consing a string.)
17298 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17300 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17301 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17303 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17305 ;;;***
17307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (20709 26818
17308 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17309 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17311 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17312 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17314 \(fn)" nil nil)
17316 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17319 \(fn)" nil nil)
17321 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17322 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17324 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17326 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17327 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17328 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17329 message.
17331 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17333 \(fn)" nil nil)
17335 ;;;***
17337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20891 18859
17338 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
17339 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17341 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17342 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17343 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17344 often correct parser.")
17346 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17348 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17349 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17350 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17351 a value which excludes your own email address.
17353 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17354 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17356 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17358 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17359 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17361 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17363 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17364 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17365 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17366 we return it unconverted.
17368 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17369 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17371 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17373 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17374 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17375 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17376 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17378 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17380 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17381 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17382 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17383 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17385 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17387 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17388 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17389 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17390 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17391 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17392 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17393 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17394 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17395 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17396 as Rmail does.
17398 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17400 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17401 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17402 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17403 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17404 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17405 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17406 matches may be returned from the message body.
17408 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17410 ;;;***
17412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20847 51240
17413 ;;;;;; 240216 0))
17414 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17416 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17417 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17418 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17419 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17420 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17421 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17423 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17425 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17426 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17427 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17428 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17429 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17431 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17432 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17433 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17434 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17438 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17439 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17441 \(fn)" nil nil)
17443 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17444 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17445 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17447 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17449 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17450 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17451 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17453 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17454 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17455 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17456 double-quotes.
17458 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17460 ;;;***
17462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20970 25513
17463 ;;;;;; 362767 0))
17464 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17466 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17467 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17468 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17469 king@grassland.com
17470 If `parens', they look like:
17471 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17472 If `angles', they look like:
17473 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17475 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17477 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17478 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17479 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17480 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17481 their `Resent-' variants.
17483 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17484 removed from alias expansions.
17486 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17488 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17489 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17490 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17492 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17493 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17494 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17495 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17497 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17499 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17500 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17501 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17503 \(fn)" nil nil)
17505 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17506 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17507 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17508 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17510 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17512 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17514 ;;;***
17516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (20709 26818
17517 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17518 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17520 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17521 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17522 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17523 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17525 \(fn)" nil nil)
17527 ;;;***
17529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21169
17530 ;;;;;; 33848 692645 0))
17531 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17533 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17534 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17536 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17537 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17538 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17539 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17540 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17541 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17543 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17544 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17545 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17546 dependency, despite the colon.
17548 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17550 In the browser, use the following keys:
17552 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17554 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17556 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17557 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17559 `makefile-target-colon':
17560 The string that gets appended to all target names
17561 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17562 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17564 `makefile-macro-assign':
17565 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17566 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17567 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17568 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17569 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17570 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17572 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17573 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17574 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17576 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17577 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17579 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17580 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17581 up or down in the browser.
17583 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17584 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17586 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17587 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17589 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17590 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17591 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17592 has been selected in the browser.
17594 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17595 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17596 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17597 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17598 filenames are omitted.
17600 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17601 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17602 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17603 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17604 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17605 the backslash itself intact.
17606 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17607 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17609 `makefile-browser-hook':
17610 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17611 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17613 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17614 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17615 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17616 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17618 \(fn)" t nil)
17620 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17621 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17623 \(fn)" t nil)
17625 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17626 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17628 \(fn)" t nil)
17630 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17631 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17633 \(fn)" t nil)
17635 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17636 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17638 \(fn)" t nil)
17640 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17641 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17643 \(fn)" t nil)
17645 ;;;***
17647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (20709 26818 907104
17648 ;;;;;; 0))
17649 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17651 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17652 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17653 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17655 \(fn)" t nil)
17657 ;;;***
17659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21116 51266 54795 0))
17660 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17662 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17664 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17665 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17666 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17667 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17668 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17669 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17670 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17671 page, it will display immediately.
17673 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17674 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17675 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17677 cat(1)
17678 1 cat
17680 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17681 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17682 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17683 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17685 -a chmod
17687 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17688 otherwise look like a page name.
17690 /my/file/name.1.gz
17691 -l somefile.1
17693 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17694 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17695 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17697 -k pattern
17699 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17701 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17702 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17704 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17706 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17707 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17709 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17711 ;;;***
17713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (20884 7264 912957 506000))
17714 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17715 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17717 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17718 Toggle Master mode.
17719 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17720 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17721 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17723 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17724 using the following commands:
17726 \\{master-mode-map}
17728 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17729 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17730 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17734 ;;;***
17736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (20709 26818 907104
17737 ;;;;;; 0))
17738 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17740 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17741 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17742 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17743 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17744 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17745 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17747 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17749 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17750 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17751 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17752 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17753 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17755 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17756 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17757 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17758 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17762 ;;;***
17764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17765 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17766 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17768 ;;;***
17770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21149 48568 226247
17771 ;;;;;; 0))
17772 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17774 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17776 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17777 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17778 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17779 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17780 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17781 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17782 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17783 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17784 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17785 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17786 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17787 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17788 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17789 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17790 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17791 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17792 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17793 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17794 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17795 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17796 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17797 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17798 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17799 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17800 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17801 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17802 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17803 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17804 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17805 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17806 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17807 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17808 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17809 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17810 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17811 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17812 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17813 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17815 \(fn)" t nil)
17817 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17818 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17819 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17820 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17821 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17823 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17825 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17826 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17828 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17830 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17831 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17833 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17835 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17836 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17838 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17840 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17841 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17842 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17844 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17846 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17847 Cancel an article you posted.
17848 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17852 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17853 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17854 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17855 header line with the old Message-ID.
17857 \(fn)" t nil)
17859 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17860 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17862 \(fn)" t nil)
17864 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17865 Forward the current message via mail.
17866 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17867 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17869 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17871 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17874 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17876 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17879 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17881 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17882 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17884 \(fn)" t nil)
17886 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17887 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17889 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17891 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17892 Re-mail the current message.
17893 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17894 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17895 you.
17897 \(fn)" t nil)
17899 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17900 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17902 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17904 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17905 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17907 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17909 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17910 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17912 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17914 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17915 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17917 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17919 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17920 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17921 Works by overstriking characters.
17922 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17923 which specify the range to operate on.
17925 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17927 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17928 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17929 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17930 which specify the range to operate on.
17932 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17934 ;;;***
17936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (20874
17937 ;;;;;; 62962 290468 0))
17938 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17939 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17941 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17942 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17944 \(fn)" t nil)
17946 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17947 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17949 \(fn)" t nil)
17951 ;;;***
17953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (20709 26818
17954 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17955 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17957 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17958 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17959 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17961 \(fn)" t nil)
17963 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17964 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17965 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17966 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17967 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17968 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17969 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17971 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17973 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17974 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17975 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17976 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17977 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17978 means current).
17979 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17980 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17982 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17984 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17985 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17986 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17987 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17988 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17989 means current).
17990 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17991 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17993 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17995 ;;;***
17997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20890 54503 125088
17998 ;;;;;; 852000))
17999 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18001 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18002 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18003 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18005 \(fn)" t nil)
18007 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18008 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18009 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18011 \(fn)" t nil)
18013 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18014 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18016 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18017 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18018 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18020 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18021 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18023 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18024 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18026 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18028 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18030 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18031 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18032 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18033 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18034 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18035 as `compose-mail'.
18037 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18038 initial Subject field, respectively.
18040 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18041 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18042 are strings.
18044 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18045 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18047 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18049 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18050 Save draft and send message.
18052 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18053 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18054 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18055 Mail Delivery*\".
18057 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18058 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18059 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18061 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18062 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18063 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18064 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18065 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18066 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18068 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18069 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18071 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18072 message and scan line.
18074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18076 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18077 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18079 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18080 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18081 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18082 delete the draft message.
18084 \(fn)" t nil)
18086 ;;;***
18088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20987 34598 970563 0))
18089 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18090 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5)) package--builtin-versions)
18092 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18094 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18096 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18098 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18099 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18101 \(fn)" t nil)
18103 ;;;***
18105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20787 12616
18106 ;;;;;; 976036 0))
18107 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18109 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18110 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18111 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18113 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18114 the MH mail system.
18116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18118 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18119 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18120 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18122 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18123 the MH mail system.
18125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18127 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18128 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18130 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18131 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18132 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18133 separate command.
18135 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18136 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18137 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18138 format.
18140 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18142 Ranges
18143 ======
18144 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18145 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18146 can be used in several ways.
18148 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18149 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18150 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18151 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18152 page):
18154 <num1>-<num2>
18155 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18156 The range must be nonempty.
18158 <num>:N
18159 <num>:+N
18160 <num>:-N
18161 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18162 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18163 last.
18165 first:N
18166 prev:N
18167 next:N
18168 last:N
18169 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18172 All of the messages.
18174 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18175 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18177 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18178 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18179 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18181 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18183 \(fn)" t nil)
18185 ;;;***
18187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21058 47149 742317
18188 ;;;;;; 0))
18189 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18191 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18192 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18193 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18194 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18195 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18196 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18197 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18198 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18199 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18200 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18201 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18203 \(fn)" t nil)
18205 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18206 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18207 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18208 to its second argument TM.
18210 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18212 ;;;***
18214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (20760 54070
18215 ;;;;;; 584283 0))
18216 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18218 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18219 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18220 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18221 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18222 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18223 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18225 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18227 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18228 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18229 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18230 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18231 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18233 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18234 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18235 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18236 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18237 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18238 is modified to remove the default indication.
18240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18242 ;;;***
18244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18245 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18247 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18248 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18249 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18250 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18251 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18252 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18253 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18254 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18255 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18257 \(fn)" t nil)
18259 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18260 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18261 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18262 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18263 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18264 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18265 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18266 The return value is always nil.
18268 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18270 ;;;***
18272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21160 18870 883359
18273 ;;;;;; 0))
18274 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18275 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18277 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18278 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18280 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18281 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18282 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18283 next occurrence.
18285 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18286 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18287 end of the search space).
18289 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18290 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18291 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18292 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18293 should return the previous buffer to search.
18295 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18296 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18297 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18299 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18300 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18301 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18302 Isearch starts.")
18304 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18305 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18306 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18308 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18309 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18310 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18312 \(fn)" nil nil)
18314 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18315 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18316 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18317 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18318 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18319 whose names match the specified regexp.
18321 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18323 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18324 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18325 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18326 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18327 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18328 whose names match the specified regexp.
18330 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18332 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18333 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18334 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18335 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18336 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18337 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18338 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18340 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18342 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18343 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18344 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18345 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18346 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18347 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18348 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18350 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18352 ;;;***
18354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21002
18355 ;;;;;; 1963 769129 0))
18356 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18357 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18359 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18360 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18362 \(fn)" t nil)
18364 ;;;***
18366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (20709 26818
18367 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18368 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18370 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18371 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18373 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18375 ;;;***
18377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20709 26818
18378 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18379 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18381 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18382 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18384 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18386 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18387 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18388 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18389 the entire message.
18390 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18392 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18394 ;;;***
18396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (20709 26818
18397 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18400 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18401 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18402 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18403 the entire message.
18404 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18406 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18408 ;;;***
18410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20709 26818 907104
18411 ;;;;;; 0))
18412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18414 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18415 Insert file contents of URL.
18416 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18418 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18420 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18421 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18423 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18425 ;;;***
18427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20709 26818 907104
18428 ;;;;;; 0))
18429 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18431 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18432 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18433 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18434 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18435 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18437 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18439 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18440 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18441 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18443 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18445 ;;;***
18447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (20829 21286 719109 0))
18448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18450 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18451 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18453 \(fn)" nil nil)
18455 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18456 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18457 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18458 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18459 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18461 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18462 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18463 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18464 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18465 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18466 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18468 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18470 ;;;***
18472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (20875 30633 412173
18473 ;;;;;; 0))
18474 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18476 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18479 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18481 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18484 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18486 ;;;***
18488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21042 58928 39127
18489 ;;;;;; 0))
18490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18492 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18495 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18497 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18500 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18502 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18505 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18507 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18510 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18512 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18515 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18517 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18520 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18522 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18525 \(fn)" nil nil)
18527 ;;;***
18529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20709 26818
18530 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18531 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18533 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18535 ;;;***
18537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20355 10021
18538 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
18539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18541 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18543 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18544 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18545 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18546 followed by the first character of the construct.
18547 \\<m2-mode-map>
18548 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18549 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18550 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18551 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18552 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18553 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18554 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18555 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18556 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18557 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18558 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18559 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18560 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18561 \\[m2-link] link
18563 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18564 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18565 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18567 \(fn)" t nil)
18569 ;;;***
18571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (20709 26818 907104
18572 ;;;;;; 0))
18573 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18575 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18576 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18578 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18580 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18581 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18583 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18585 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18586 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18588 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18590 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18591 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18593 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18595 ;;;***
18597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (20992 52525 458637
18598 ;;;;;; 0))
18599 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18601 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18602 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18604 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18605 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18606 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18608 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18609 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18610 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18612 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18613 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18615 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18616 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18617 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18618 hemisphere you're in.)
18620 To test this function, evaluate:
18621 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18623 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18625 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18626 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18628 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18629 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18631 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18632 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18633 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18635 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18636 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18638 To test this function, evaluate:
18639 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18641 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18643 ;;;***
18645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21075 56234 349623 0))
18646 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18648 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18649 Main entry point for MPC.
18651 \(fn)" t nil)
18653 ;;;***
18655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
18656 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18658 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18659 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18661 \(fn)" t nil)
18663 ;;;***
18665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
18666 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18668 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18669 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18670 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18671 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18672 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18673 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18675 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18677 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18678 Toggle Msb mode.
18679 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18680 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18681 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18683 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18684 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18688 ;;;***
18690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (20891
18691 ;;;;;; 18859 893295 0))
18692 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18694 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18695 Display a list of all character sets.
18697 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18698 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18699 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18700 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18701 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18703 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18704 but still shows the full information.
18706 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18708 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18709 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18710 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18712 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18713 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18714 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18715 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18716 meanings of these arguments.
18718 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18720 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18721 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18723 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18725 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18726 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18728 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18730 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18731 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18733 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18735 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18736 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18738 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18739 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18740 in place of `..':
18741 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18742 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18743 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18744 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18745 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18746 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18747 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18748 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18749 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18750 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18751 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18752 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18753 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18754 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18755 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18756 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18758 \(fn)" t nil)
18760 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18761 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18763 \(fn)" t nil)
18765 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18766 Display a list of all coding systems.
18767 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18769 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18770 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18774 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18775 Display a list of all coding categories.
18777 \(fn)" nil nil)
18779 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18780 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18781 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18783 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18785 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18786 Display information about FONTSET.
18787 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18789 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18791 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18792 Display a list of all fontsets.
18793 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18794 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18795 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18797 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18799 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18800 Display information about all input methods.
18802 \(fn)" t nil)
18804 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18805 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18807 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18808 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18809 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18810 system which uses fontsets).
18812 \(fn)" t nil)
18814 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18815 Show log of font listing and opening.
18816 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18817 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18819 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18821 ;;;***
18823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (20991
18824 ;;;;;; 31656 363459 0))
18825 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18827 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18828 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18830 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18831 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18833 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18834 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18836 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18838 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18839 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18840 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18841 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18842 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18843 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18844 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18846 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18847 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18848 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18849 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18850 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18851 middle of a character in STR.
18853 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18854 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18856 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18857 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18858 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18859 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18860 defaults to \"...\".
18862 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18864 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18865 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18867 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18868 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18869 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18871 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18872 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18873 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18875 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18876 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18877 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18878 are considered.
18879 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18880 longer than KEYSEQ.
18881 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18883 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18885 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18886 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18887 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18888 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18889 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18890 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18891 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18892 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18893 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18894 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18895 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18897 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18899 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18900 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18902 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18904 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18905 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18907 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18909 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18910 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18912 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18914 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18915 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18917 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18919 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18920 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18921 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18922 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18923 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18925 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18926 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18928 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18929 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18930 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18931 coding systems ordered by priority.
18933 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18935 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18937 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18938 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18939 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18940 language environment LANG-ENV.
18942 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18944 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18945 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18946 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18947 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18948 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18949 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18951 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18953 ;;;***
18955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20903 10024
18956 ;;;;;; 645978 0))
18957 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18959 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18960 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18962 \(fn)" t nil)
18964 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18965 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18967 \(fn)" t nil)
18969 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18970 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18972 \(fn)" t nil)
18974 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18975 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18977 \(fn)" t nil)
18979 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18980 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18982 \(fn)" t nil)
18984 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18985 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18987 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18989 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18990 Ping HOST.
18991 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18992 `ping-program-options'.
18994 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18996 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18997 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18999 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19001 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19002 Run nslookup program.
19004 \(fn)" t nil)
19006 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19007 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19009 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19011 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19012 Run dig program.
19014 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19016 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19017 Run ftp program.
19019 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19021 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19022 Finger USER on HOST.
19024 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19026 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19027 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19028 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19029 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19031 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19033 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19036 \(fn)" t nil)
19038 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19039 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19041 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19043 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19044 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19046 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19048 ;;;***
19050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20709 26818 907104
19051 ;;;;;; 0))
19052 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19054 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19055 Return a user name/password pair.
19056 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19057 listed in the PORTS list.
19059 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19061 ;;;***
19063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21074
19064 ;;;;;; 35375 473679 0))
19065 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19067 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19068 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19069 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19070 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19071 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19072 closes it.
19074 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19075 make it unique.
19076 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19077 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19078 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19079 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19080 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19081 a port number to connect to.
19083 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19084 values:
19086 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19087 nil or `network'
19088 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19089 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19090 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19091 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19092 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19093 an unencrypted connection.
19094 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19095 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19096 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19097 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19098 returned object is a killed process.
19099 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19100 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19101 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19103 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19104 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19105 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19106 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19107 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19108 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19109 or nil if none could be found.
19110 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19111 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19113 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19115 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19116 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19117 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19119 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19120 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19121 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19123 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19124 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19125 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19127 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19128 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19129 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19130 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19132 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19133 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19135 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19136 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19137 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19138 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19139 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19140 or STARTTLS connections.
19142 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19143 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19145 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19146 a greeting from the server.
19148 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19149 asynchronously, if possible.
19151 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19153 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19155 ;;;***
19157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (20709
19158 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19159 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19161 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19162 Check whether newsticker is running.
19163 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19164 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19166 \(fn)" nil nil)
19168 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19169 Start the newsticker.
19170 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19171 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19172 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19173 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19175 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19177 ;;;***
19179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19180 ;;;;;; (20992 52525 458637 0))
19181 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19183 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19184 Start newsticker plainview.
19186 \(fn)" t nil)
19188 ;;;***
19190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21145
19191 ;;;;;; 51520 109004 0))
19192 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19194 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19195 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19197 \(fn)" t nil)
19199 ;;;***
19201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20709
19202 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19203 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19205 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19206 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19207 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19208 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19209 empty.
19211 \(fn)" nil nil)
19213 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19214 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19215 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19216 running already.
19218 \(fn)" t nil)
19220 ;;;***
19222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21040
19223 ;;;;;; 17194 398147 0))
19224 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19226 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19227 Start newsticker treeview.
19229 \(fn)" t nil)
19231 ;;;***
19233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (20709 26818
19234 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19235 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19236 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19238 ;;;***
19240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (20709 26818 907104
19241 ;;;;;; 0))
19242 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19244 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19245 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19247 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19249 ;;;***
19251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21135 15680 63905
19252 ;;;;;; 0))
19253 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19255 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19256 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19257 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19258 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19259 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19260 symbol in the alist.
19262 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19264 ;;;***
19266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (20709 26818
19267 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19268 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19270 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19271 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19272 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19274 \(fn)" t nil)
19276 ;;;***
19278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (20709 26818
19279 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
19281 (push (purecopy '(nnmairix 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
19283 ;;;***
19285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (20955 58152 201869 0))
19286 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19288 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19289 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19291 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19293 ;;;***
19295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19296 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19298 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19300 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19301 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19302 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19304 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19307 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19309 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19310 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19311 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19312 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19313 to future sessions.
19315 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19317 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19318 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19319 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19320 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19321 future sessions.
19323 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19325 ;;;***
19327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (20709
19328 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19329 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19331 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19332 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19333 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19334 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19335 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19336 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19338 \(fn)" t nil)
19340 ;;;***
19342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19343 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19344 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19346 ;;;***
19348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (20709 26818
19349 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19350 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19352 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19353 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19354 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19355 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19357 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19359 ;;;***
19361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21075 56234
19362 ;;;;;; 349623 0))
19363 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19365 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19366 Major mode for editing XML.
19368 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19369 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19370 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19371 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19372 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19373 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19374 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19376 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19378 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19379 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19381 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19382 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19383 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19384 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19385 instead of C-c.
19387 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19388 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19389 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19390 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19391 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19392 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19394 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19395 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19396 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19398 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19399 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19400 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19402 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19403 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19404 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19405 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19406 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19407 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19408 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19409 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19410 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19412 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19414 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19415 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19417 \(fn)" t nil)
19419 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19421 ;;;***
19423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20709 26818
19424 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19425 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19427 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19428 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19429 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19430 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19432 \(fn)" t nil)
19434 ;;;***
19436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21172 10041
19437 ;;;;;; 427978 0))
19438 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19440 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19441 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19443 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19444 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19445 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19446 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19448 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19450 Key bindings:
19451 \\{octave-mode-map}
19453 \(fn)" t nil)
19455 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19456 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19457 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19459 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19461 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19462 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19464 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19465 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19466 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19470 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19472 ;;;***
19474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (20858 21542
19475 ;;;;;; 723007 0))
19476 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19478 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19480 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19481 Major mode for editing OPascal code. \\<opascal-mode-map>
19482 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19483 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19484 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19486 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19488 Customization:
19490 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19491 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19492 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19493 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19494 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19495 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19496 `opascal-tab-always-indents' (default `tab-always-indents')
19497 Non-nil means TAB in OPascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19498 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19499 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19500 Directories to search when finding external units.
19501 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19502 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19504 Coloring:
19506 `opascal-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
19507 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19509 Turning on OPascal mode calls the value of the variable `opascal-mode-hook'
19510 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
19512 \(fn)" t nil)
19514 ;;;***
19516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21176 7093 848315 0))
19517 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19519 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19520 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19522 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19524 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19525 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19526 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19527 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19528 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19529 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19531 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19533 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19534 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19535 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19536 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19537 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19539 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19541 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19542 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19544 \(fn)" nil nil)
19546 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19547 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19549 \(fn)" nil nil)
19551 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19552 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19553 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19555 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19556 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19557 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19558 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19559 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19560 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19561 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19562 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19563 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19564 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19566 The following commands are available:
19568 \\{org-mode-map}
19570 \(fn)" t nil)
19572 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19573 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19575 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19576 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19577 in special contexts.
19579 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19580 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19581 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19582 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19583 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19584 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19585 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19586 properties in the buffer.
19587 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19588 including any drawers.
19590 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19592 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19593 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19594 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19595 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19596 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19597 and zoom in further.
19598 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19599 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19601 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19602 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19603 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19604 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19605 times right after creating a new headline.
19607 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19608 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19609 is negative, go up that many levels.
19611 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19612 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19613 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19615 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19616 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19617 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19618 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19622 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19623 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19624 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19625 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19628 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19630 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19631 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19632 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19633 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19634 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19635 defined by Org-mode).
19637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19639 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19640 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19642 \(fn)" nil nil)
19644 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19645 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19647 \(fn)" nil nil)
19649 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19650 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19651 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19652 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19653 call CMD.
19655 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19657 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19658 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19659 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19660 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19662 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19663 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19664 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19666 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19667 part of Org's core.
19669 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19670 active region.
19672 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19674 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19675 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19676 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19678 \(fn)" t nil)
19680 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19681 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19682 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19683 Org-mode syntax.
19685 \(fn)" t nil)
19687 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19688 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19690 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19692 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19693 Switch between Org buffers.
19694 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19695 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19697 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19698 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19702 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19704 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19706 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19707 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19708 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19709 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19711 \(fn)" t nil)
19713 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19714 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19716 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19718 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19719 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19720 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19722 \(fn)" t nil)
19724 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19725 Reload all org lisp files.
19726 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19728 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19730 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19731 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19733 \(fn)" t nil)
19735 ;;;***
19737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21153 57242
19738 ;;;;;; 533082 0))
19739 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19741 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19742 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19746 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19747 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19748 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19749 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19751 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19752 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19753 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19754 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19755 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19756 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19757 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19758 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19759 e Export views to associated files.
19760 s Search entries for keywords.
19761 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19762 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19763 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19764 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19765 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19766 > Remove a previous restriction.
19767 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19768 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19769 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19771 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19772 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19773 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19775 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19776 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19777 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19778 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19779 \(if active).
19781 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19783 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19784 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19785 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19786 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19787 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19788 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19789 before running the agenda command.
19791 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19793 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19794 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19795 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19796 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19797 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19798 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19799 before running the agenda command.
19801 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19802 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19804 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19806 category The category of the item
19807 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19808 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19809 todo selected in TODO match
19810 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19811 diary imported from diary
19812 deadline a deadline on given date
19813 scheduled scheduled on given date
19814 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19815 closed entry was closed on given date
19816 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19817 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19818 block entry has date block including g. date
19819 todo The todo keyword, if any
19820 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19821 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19822 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19823 extra Sting with extra planning info
19824 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19825 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19826 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19828 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19830 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19831 Store agenda views.
19833 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19835 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19836 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19838 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19840 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19841 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19842 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19843 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19845 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19846 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19847 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19849 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19850 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19852 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19853 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19855 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19857 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19858 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19860 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19861 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19862 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19863 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19864 EDIT-AT.
19866 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19867 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19868 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19869 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19870 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19871 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19873 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19874 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19875 including newlines.
19877 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19878 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19879 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19880 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19881 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19882 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19883 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19885 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19886 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19887 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19888 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19890 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19891 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19892 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19893 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19894 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19895 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19896 Boolean search must match as full words.
19898 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19899 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19901 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19903 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19904 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19905 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19906 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19907 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19908 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19912 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19913 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19914 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19916 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19918 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19919 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19920 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19921 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19922 `org-stuck-projects'.
19924 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19926 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19927 Return diary information from org files.
19928 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19929 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19930 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19931 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19932 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19934 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19936 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19938 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19939 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19941 &%%(org-diary)
19943 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19944 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19945 So the example above may also be written as
19947 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19949 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19950 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19951 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19953 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19955 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19956 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19958 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19960 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19961 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19962 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19963 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19964 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19966 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19968 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19969 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19970 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19972 \(fn)" t nil)
19974 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19975 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19976 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19977 appointments.
19979 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19980 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19982 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19983 for filtering entries out.
19985 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19986 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19987 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19989 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19990 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19992 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19993 (category \"Work\"))
19995 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19996 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19998 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19999 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20000 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20001 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20002 details and examples.
20004 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20005 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20007 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20009 ;;;***
20011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21123 24503
20012 ;;;;;; 570934 0))
20013 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20015 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20016 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20018 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20020 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20021 Capture something.
20022 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20023 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20024 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20025 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20026 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20027 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20029 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20030 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20031 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20032 stored.
20034 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20036 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20037 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20038 will be bypassed.
20040 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20041 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20042 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20043 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20045 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20047 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20048 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20050 \(fn)" t nil)
20052 ;;;***
20054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21153 57242
20055 ;;;;;; 533082 0))
20056 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20058 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20059 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20061 \(fn)" t nil)
20063 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20066 \(fn)" nil nil)
20068 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20069 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20070 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20072 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20074 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20075 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20077 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20079 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20080 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20082 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20084 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20085 Write the column view table.
20086 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20088 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20089 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20090 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20091 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20092 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20093 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20094 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20095 using `org-id-find'.
20096 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20097 a hline before each level <= that number.
20098 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20099 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20100 :skip-empty-rows
20101 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20102 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20104 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20106 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20107 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20109 \(fn)" t nil)
20111 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20112 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20114 \(fn)" t nil)
20116 ;;;***
20118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21153 57242
20119 ;;;;;; 533082 0))
20120 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20122 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20123 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20125 \(fn)" nil t)
20127 ;;;***
20129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21153 57242 533082
20130 ;;;;;; 0))
20131 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20133 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20134 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20136 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20138 ;;;***
20140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21123 24503
20141 ;;;;;; 570934 0))
20142 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20144 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20145 The release version of org-mode.
20146 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20148 \(fn)" nil nil)
20150 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20151 The Git version of org-mode.
20152 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20154 \(fn)" nil nil)
20156 (defvar org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
20157 The location of ODT styles.")
20159 ;;;***
20161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (20773 35190 350513
20162 ;;;;;; 0))
20163 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20164 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20165 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20167 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20168 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20169 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20170 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20172 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20173 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20174 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20175 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20177 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20178 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20179 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20180 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20181 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20182 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20184 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20185 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20186 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20188 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20189 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20190 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20191 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20192 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20193 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20194 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20195 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20196 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20197 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20198 The subheadings remain visible.
20199 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20201 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20202 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20203 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20205 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20206 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20208 \(fn)" t nil)
20210 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20211 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20212 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20213 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20214 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20216 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20219 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20221 ;;;***
20223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21165 36792
20224 ;;;;;; 444792 0))
20225 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20226 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20228 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20229 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20230 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20231 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20232 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20234 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20235 activate the package system at any time.")
20237 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20239 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20240 Install the package PKG.
20241 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20242 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20244 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20246 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20247 Install a package from the current buffer.
20248 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20249 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20250 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20252 \(fn)" t nil)
20254 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20255 Install a package from a file.
20256 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20258 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20260 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20261 Import keys from FILE.
20263 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20265 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20266 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20267 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20268 makes them available for download.
20270 \(fn)" t nil)
20272 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20273 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20274 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20275 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20277 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20279 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20280 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20282 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20284 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20285 Display a list of packages.
20286 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20287 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20288 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20290 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20292 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20294 ;;;***
20296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21162 60599 136523 0))
20297 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20299 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20300 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20301 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20302 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20303 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20304 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20306 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20308 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20309 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20310 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20311 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20312 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20314 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20315 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20316 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20320 ;;;***
20322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (20709
20323 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20324 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20325 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20327 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20328 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20329 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20330 unknown are returned as nil.
20332 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20334 ;;;***
20336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20870 12718
20337 ;;;;;; 549931 0))
20338 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20340 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20341 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20342 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20344 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20345 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20347 Other useful functions are:
20349 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20350 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20351 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20352 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20353 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20354 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20355 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20356 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20357 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20359 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20361 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20362 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20363 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20364 Indentation for case statements.
20365 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20366 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20367 mark after an end.
20368 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20369 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20370 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20371 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20372 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20373 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20374 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20375 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20376 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20377 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20379 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20380 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20382 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20383 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20385 \(fn)" t nil)
20387 ;;;***
20389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20709
20390 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20391 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20393 (defvar password-cache t "\
20394 Whether to cache passwords.")
20396 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20398 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20399 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20400 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20402 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20404 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20405 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20407 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20409 ;;;***
20411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (20991 31656
20412 ;;;;;; 363459 0))
20413 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20415 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20416 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20417 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20419 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20420 _ matches anything.
20421 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20422 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20423 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20424 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20425 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20426 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20427 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20428 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20429 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20430 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20432 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20433 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20434 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20435 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20436 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20437 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20439 PRED can take the form
20440 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20441 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20442 which is the value being matched.
20443 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20444 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20445 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20446 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20447 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20449 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20451 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20453 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20454 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20455 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20456 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20458 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20460 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20462 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20463 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20464 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20465 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20467 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20469 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20471 ;;;***
20473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20709 26818 907104
20474 ;;;;;; 0))
20475 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20477 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20478 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20480 \(fn)" nil nil)
20482 ;;;***
20484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20907 7082 901087
20485 ;;;;;; 0))
20486 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20488 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20489 Completion for `gzip'.
20491 \(fn)" nil nil)
20493 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20494 Completion for `bzip2'.
20496 \(fn)" nil nil)
20498 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20499 Completion for GNU `make'.
20501 \(fn)" nil nil)
20503 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20504 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20506 \(fn)" nil nil)
20508 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20510 ;;;***
20512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20884 7264
20513 ;;;;;; 912957 506000))
20514 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20516 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20517 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20519 \(fn)" nil nil)
20521 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20522 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20524 \(fn)" nil nil)
20526 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20527 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20529 \(fn)" nil nil)
20531 ;;;***
20533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20709 26818 907104
20534 ;;;;;; 0))
20535 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20537 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20538 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20540 \(fn)" nil nil)
20542 ;;;***
20544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20709 26818 907104
20545 ;;;;;; 0))
20546 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20548 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20549 Completion for `cd'.
20551 \(fn)" nil nil)
20553 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20555 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20556 Completion for `rmdir'.
20558 \(fn)" nil nil)
20560 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20561 Completion for `rm'.
20563 \(fn)" nil nil)
20565 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20566 Completion for `xargs'.
20568 \(fn)" nil nil)
20570 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20572 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20573 Completion for `which'.
20575 \(fn)" nil nil)
20577 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20578 Completion for the `chown' command.
20580 \(fn)" nil nil)
20582 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20583 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20585 \(fn)" nil nil)
20587 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20588 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20590 \(fn)" nil nil)
20592 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20593 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20594 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20596 \(fn)" nil nil)
20598 ;;;***
20600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21135 15680 63905 0))
20601 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20603 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20604 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20606 \(fn)" nil nil)
20608 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20609 Completion for the `ack' command.
20610 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20611 long options.
20613 \(fn)" nil nil)
20615 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20617 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20618 Completion for the `ag' command.
20620 \(fn)" nil nil)
20622 ;;;***
20624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20709 26818 907104
20625 ;;;;;; 0))
20626 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20628 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20629 Support extensible programmable completion.
20630 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20631 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20633 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20635 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20636 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20638 \(fn)" t nil)
20640 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20641 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20642 This will modify the current buffer.
20644 \(fn)" t nil)
20646 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20647 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20649 \(fn)" t nil)
20651 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20652 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20653 This will modify the current buffer.
20655 \(fn)" t nil)
20657 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20658 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20660 \(fn)" t nil)
20662 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20663 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20665 \(fn)" t nil)
20667 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20668 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20669 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20670 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20671 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20673 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20675 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20676 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20678 \(fn)" nil nil)
20680 ;;;***
20682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21104 56491 538513 0))
20683 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20685 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20686 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20687 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20688 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20690 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20692 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20694 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20695 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20696 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20697 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20698 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20699 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20700 FLAGS is ignored.
20702 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20704 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20705 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20706 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20707 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20708 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20709 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20710 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20711 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20713 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20715 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20716 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20717 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20718 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20719 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20720 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20721 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20722 passed to cvs.
20724 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20726 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20727 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20728 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20729 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20730 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20731 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20732 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20734 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20736 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20737 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20738 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20740 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20742 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20743 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20744 A value of nil means never do it.
20745 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20746 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20747 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20749 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20751 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20752 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20753 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20755 ;;;***
20757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21075 56234
20758 ;;;;;; 349623 0))
20759 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20761 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20762 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20764 ;;;***
20766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21075
20767 ;;;;;; 56234 349623 0))
20768 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20769 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20770 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20771 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20772 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20773 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20774 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20776 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20777 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20778 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20779 Tab indents for Perl code.
20780 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20781 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20782 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20783 \\{perl-mode-map}
20784 Variables controlling indentation style:
20785 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20786 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20787 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20788 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20789 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20790 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20791 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20792 `perl-nochange'
20793 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20794 `perl-indent-level'
20795 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20796 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20797 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20798 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20799 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20800 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20801 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20802 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20803 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20804 `perl-brace-offset'
20805 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20806 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20807 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20808 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20809 `perl-label-offset'
20810 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20811 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20812 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20814 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20815 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20816 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20817 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20818 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20819 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20820 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20822 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20824 \(fn)" t nil)
20826 ;;;***
20828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (20709 26818
20829 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
20830 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20832 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20833 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20834 \\<picture-mode-map>
20835 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20836 afterwards settable by these commands:
20838 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20839 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20840 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20841 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20843 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20844 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20845 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20846 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20848 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20849 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20850 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20851 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20853 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20854 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20855 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20856 with these commands:
20858 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20859 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20860 Move to column following last
20861 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20862 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20863 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20864 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20865 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20866 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20868 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20870 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20871 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20872 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20873 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20874 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20875 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20877 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20878 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20879 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20880 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20881 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20882 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20883 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20885 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20886 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20887 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20888 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20889 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20890 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20891 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20892 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20894 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20895 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20896 by supplying an argument.
20898 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20900 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20901 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20903 \(fn)" t nil)
20905 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20907 ;;;***
20909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (20709 26818 907104
20910 ;;;;;; 0))
20911 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20913 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20914 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20916 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20918 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20919 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20921 \(fn)" t nil)
20923 ;;;***
20925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
20926 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20928 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20929 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20930 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20932 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20934 ;;;***
20936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20937 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20939 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20940 Play pong and waste time.
20941 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20942 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20944 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20946 \\{pong-mode-map}
20948 \(fn)" t nil)
20950 ;;;***
20952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20953 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20955 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20956 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20957 Use streaming commands.
20959 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20961 ;;;***
20963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21013 58662 278539
20964 ;;;;;; 0))
20965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20967 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20968 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20969 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20970 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20972 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20974 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20975 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20977 \(fn)" nil nil)
20979 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20980 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20981 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20982 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20983 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20985 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20987 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20988 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20989 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20991 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20993 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20994 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20996 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20998 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20999 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21000 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21001 Ignores leading comment characters.
21003 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21005 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21006 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21007 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21008 Ignores leading comment characters.
21010 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21012 ;;;***
21014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21032 23080 765139
21015 ;;;;;; 0))
21016 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21017 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21019 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21020 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21022 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21024 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21026 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21028 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21029 Preview directory using ghostview.
21031 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21032 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21033 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21034 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21036 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21037 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21038 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21039 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21040 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21041 file name.
21043 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21045 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21047 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21048 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21050 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21051 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21052 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21053 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21055 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21056 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21057 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21058 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21059 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21060 file name.
21062 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21064 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21066 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21067 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21069 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21070 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21071 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21072 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21074 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21075 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21076 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21077 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21078 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21079 file name.
21081 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21083 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21085 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21086 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21088 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21090 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21091 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21092 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21093 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21095 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21096 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21097 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21098 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21099 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21100 file name.
21102 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21104 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21106 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21107 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21109 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21110 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21111 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21113 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21114 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21115 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21116 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21118 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21120 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21121 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21123 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21124 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21125 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21127 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21128 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21129 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21130 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21132 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21134 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21135 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21137 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21138 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21139 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21141 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21142 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21143 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21144 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21146 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21148 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21149 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21151 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21153 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21154 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21155 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21157 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21158 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21159 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21160 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21162 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21164 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21165 Preview region using ghostview.
21167 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21169 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21171 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21172 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21174 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21176 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21178 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21179 Print region using PostScript printer.
21181 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21183 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21185 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21186 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21188 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21190 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21192 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21193 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21195 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21197 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21199 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21200 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21202 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21204 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21206 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21207 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21209 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21211 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21213 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21214 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21216 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21218 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21220 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21221 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21222 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21223 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21225 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21226 matching.
21228 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21229 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21231 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21233 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21235 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21236 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21237 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21238 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21240 \(fn)" t nil)
21242 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21243 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21244 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21245 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21247 \(fn)" t nil)
21249 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21250 Print directory using text printer.
21252 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21253 matching.
21255 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21256 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21258 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21260 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21262 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21263 Print buffer using text printer.
21265 \(fn)" t nil)
21267 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21268 Print region using text printer.
21270 \(fn)" t nil)
21272 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21273 Print major mode using text printer.
21275 \(fn)" t nil)
21277 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21278 Preview spooled PostScript.
21280 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21281 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21282 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21284 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21285 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21286 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21288 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21290 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21291 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21293 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21294 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21295 instead of sending it to the printer.
21297 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21298 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21299 image in a file with that name.
21301 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21303 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21304 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21306 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21307 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21308 instead of sending it to the printer.
21310 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21311 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21312 image in a file with that name.
21314 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21316 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21317 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21319 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21320 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21321 instead of sending it to the printer.
21323 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21324 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21325 image in a file with that name.
21327 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21329 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21330 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21332 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21334 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21335 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21337 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21339 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21340 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21342 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21344 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21345 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21347 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21349 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21350 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21352 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21354 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21355 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21357 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21358 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21359 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21360 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21362 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21363 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21364 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21365 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21366 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21367 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21368 file name.
21370 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21372 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21373 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21375 \(fn)" t nil)
21377 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21378 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21380 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21381 right.
21382 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21383 bottom.
21385 \(fn)" t nil)
21387 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21388 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21390 \(fn)" t nil)
21392 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21393 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21395 \(fn)" t nil)
21397 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21398 Toggle printing with faces.
21400 \(fn)" t nil)
21402 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21403 Toggle spooling.
21405 \(fn)" t nil)
21407 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21408 Toggle duplex.
21410 \(fn)" t nil)
21412 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21413 Toggle tumble.
21415 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21416 right.
21417 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21418 bottom.
21420 \(fn)" t nil)
21422 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21423 Toggle landscape.
21425 \(fn)" t nil)
21427 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21428 Toggle upside-down.
21430 \(fn)" t nil)
21432 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21433 Toggle line number.
21435 \(fn)" t nil)
21437 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21438 Toggle zebra stripes.
21440 \(fn)" t nil)
21442 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21443 Toggle printing header.
21445 \(fn)" t nil)
21447 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21448 Toggle printing header frame.
21450 \(fn)" t nil)
21452 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21453 Toggle menu lock.
21455 \(fn)" t nil)
21457 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21458 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21460 \(fn)" t nil)
21462 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21463 Toggle auto mode.
21465 \(fn)" t nil)
21467 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21468 Customization of the `printing' group.
21470 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21472 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21473 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21475 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21477 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21478 Help for the printing package.
21480 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21482 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21483 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21485 \(fn)" t nil)
21487 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21488 Interactively select a text printer.
21490 \(fn)" t nil)
21492 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21493 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21495 \(fn)" t nil)
21497 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21498 Show current ps-print settings.
21500 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21502 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21503 Show current printing settings.
21505 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21507 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21508 Show current lpr settings.
21510 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21512 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21513 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21515 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21516 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21517 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21518 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21521 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21523 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21524 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21525 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21527 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21528 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21529 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21530 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21531 current active printer.
21533 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21534 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21535 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21536 printer.
21538 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21539 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21540 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21541 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21542 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21545 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21546 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21548 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21550 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21551 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21552 be done using the new current active printer.
21554 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21555 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21556 printer.
21558 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21559 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21560 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21561 instead of sending it to the printer.
21563 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21564 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21565 printer.
21567 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21570 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21571 are both set to t.
21573 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21575 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21576 Fast fire function for text printing.
21578 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21579 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21580 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21581 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21583 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21584 user for a new active text printer.
21586 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21588 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21590 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21591 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21592 printer.
21594 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21596 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21597 are both set to t.
21599 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21601 ;;;***
21603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
21604 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21606 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21607 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21608 \\<proced-mode-map>
21609 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21610 the process information.
21612 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21614 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21615 Proced buffers.
21617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21619 ;;;***
21621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21077 11573 151993
21622 ;;;;;; 0))
21623 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21625 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21626 Start/restart profilers.
21627 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21628 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21629 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21631 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21633 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21634 Open profile FILENAME.
21636 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21638 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21639 Open profile FILENAME.
21641 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21643 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21644 Open profile FILENAME.
21646 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21648 ;;;***
21650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21112 54200
21651 ;;;;;; 857404 0))
21652 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21654 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21655 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21657 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21658 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21660 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21662 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21663 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21665 Commands:
21666 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21668 \(fn)" t nil)
21670 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21671 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21672 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21674 \(fn)" t nil)
21676 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21677 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21678 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21680 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21682 ;;;***
21684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20799 169 640767 0))
21685 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21687 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21688 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21689 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21691 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21693 ;;;***
21695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20777 63161
21696 ;;;;;; 848428 0))
21697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21698 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21700 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21701 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21703 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21705 The following variables hold user options, and can
21706 be set through the `customize' command:
21708 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21709 `ps-mode-tab'
21710 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21711 `ps-mode-print-function'
21712 `ps-run-prompt'
21713 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21714 `ps-run-x'
21715 `ps-run-dumb'
21716 `ps-run-init'
21717 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21718 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21720 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21723 \\{ps-mode-map}
21726 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21727 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21728 The keymap for this second window is:
21730 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21733 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21734 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21735 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21736 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21737 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21739 \(fn)" t nil)
21741 ;;;***
21743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21122 3638 533479
21744 ;;;;;; 0))
21745 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21746 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21748 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21749 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21750 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21752 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21754 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21755 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21756 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21757 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21759 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21761 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21762 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21764 Valid values are:
21766 nil Do not print colors.
21768 t Print colors.
21770 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21771 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21773 Any other value is treated as t.")
21775 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21777 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21778 Customization of ps-print group.
21780 \(fn)" t nil)
21782 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21783 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21785 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21786 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21787 sending it to the printer.
21789 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21790 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21791 image in a file with that name.
21793 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21795 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21796 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21797 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21798 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21799 so it has a way to determine color values.
21801 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21803 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21804 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21805 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21807 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21809 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21810 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21811 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21812 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21813 so it has a way to determine color values.
21815 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21817 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21818 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21819 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21820 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21822 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21824 \(fn)" t nil)
21826 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21827 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21828 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21829 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21830 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21832 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21834 \(fn)" t nil)
21836 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21837 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21838 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21840 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21842 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21844 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21845 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21846 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21847 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21848 so it has a way to determine color values.
21850 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21852 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21854 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21855 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21857 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21858 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21859 instead of sending it to the printer.
21861 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21862 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21863 image in a file with that name.
21865 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21867 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21868 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21869 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21870 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21871 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21873 \(fn)" t nil)
21875 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21876 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21877 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21879 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21881 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21882 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21883 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21885 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21887 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21888 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21890 \(fn)" nil nil)
21892 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21893 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21895 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21896 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21898 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21899 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21901 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21903 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21905 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21907 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21908 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21910 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21911 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21913 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21914 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21916 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21918 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21920 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21922 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21923 foreground and background colors respectively.
21925 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21926 bold - use bold font.
21927 italic - use italic font.
21928 underline - put a line under text.
21929 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21930 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21931 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21932 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21933 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21935 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21937 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21939 ;;;***
21941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21106 11815 370918
21942 ;;;;;; 0))
21943 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21944 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21946 ;;;***
21948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21181 25015
21949 ;;;;;; 517479 0))
21950 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21951 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 2)) package--builtin-versions)
21953 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21955 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21957 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21958 Run an inferior Python process.
21959 Input and output via buffer named after
21960 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21961 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21963 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21964 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21965 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21966 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21968 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21969 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21970 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21972 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21974 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21975 Major mode for editing Python files.
21977 \\{python-mode-map}
21979 \(fn)" t nil)
21981 ;;;***
21983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
21984 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21986 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21987 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21988 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21989 coding-system.
21991 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21992 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21994 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21995 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21996 them into characters should be done separately.
21998 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22000 ;;;***
22002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21113 26590
22003 ;;;;;; 654875 0))
22004 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22006 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22007 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22009 \(fn)" nil nil)
22011 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22012 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22013 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22015 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22016 `quail-activate', which see.
22018 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22020 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22021 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22022 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22023 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22024 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22025 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22026 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22028 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22029 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22030 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22031 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22032 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22033 shown.
22034 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22036 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22037 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22038 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22039 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22040 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22041 list of candidates.
22043 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22044 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22045 command to be called.
22047 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22048 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22049 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22050 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22052 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22053 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22054 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22055 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22056 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22057 to t.
22059 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22060 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22061 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22062 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22064 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22065 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22066 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22067 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22069 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22070 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22071 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22072 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22073 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22074 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22076 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22077 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22078 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22079 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22080 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22081 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22083 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22084 covers Quail translation region.
22086 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22087 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22088 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22089 for it) is inserted.
22091 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22092 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22093 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22095 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22096 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22097 non-Quail commands.
22099 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22101 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22102 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22104 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22105 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22106 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22107 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22108 you type is correctly handled.
22110 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22112 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22113 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22115 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22116 keyboard type.
22118 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22120 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22121 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22122 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22123 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22124 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22125 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22126 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22127 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22128 for the translation.
22129 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22131 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22132 it is used to handle KEY.
22134 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22135 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22136 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22137 the following annotation types are supported.
22139 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22140 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22142 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22143 candidate list.
22145 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22146 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22147 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22148 inserted.
22150 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22151 generated for the following translations.
22153 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22155 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22156 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22158 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22159 which to install MAP.
22161 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22163 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22165 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22166 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22168 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22169 which to install MAP.
22171 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22173 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22175 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22176 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22177 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22178 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22179 a function, or a cons.
22180 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22181 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22182 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22183 for the translation.
22184 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22185 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22186 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22187 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22188 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22190 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22191 it is used to handle KEY.
22193 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22194 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22195 current Quail package.
22197 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22198 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22200 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22202 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22203 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22205 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22206 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22208 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22210 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22211 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22213 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22215 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22216 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22217 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22218 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22219 of the Emacs source tree.
22221 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22222 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22224 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22225 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22226 of each directory.
22228 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22230 ;;;***
22232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21141
22233 ;;;;;; 54458 609734 0))
22234 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22236 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22237 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22238 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22239 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22241 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22243 ;;;***
22245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22246 ;;;;;; (21141 54458 609734 0))
22247 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22249 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22250 Activate UCS input method.
22251 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22253 While this input method is active, the variable
22254 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22256 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22258 ;;;***
22260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21040 17194 398147
22261 ;;;;;; 0))
22262 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22264 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22265 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22266 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22267 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22269 To make use of this do something like:
22271 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22273 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22275 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22276 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22278 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22279 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22280 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22282 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22284 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22285 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22287 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22289 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22290 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22292 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22293 is decided.
22295 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22297 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22298 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22300 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22301 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22302 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22304 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22306 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22307 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22309 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22311 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22312 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22314 \(fn)" t nil)
22316 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22317 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22319 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22321 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22323 \(fn)" t nil)
22325 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22326 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22328 \(fn)" t nil)
22330 ;;;***
22332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21168 62144 266424
22333 ;;;;;; 0))
22334 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22336 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22337 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22339 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22341 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22343 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22345 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22347 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22350 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22352 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22353 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22354 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22355 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22356 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22357 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22359 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22361 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22362 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22363 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22364 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22365 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22369 ;;;***
22371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (20984
22372 ;;;;;; 58408 354075 0))
22373 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22375 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22377 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22378 Construct a regexp interactively.
22379 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22380 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22381 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22383 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22384 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22386 \(fn)" t nil)
22388 ;;;***
22390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (20871 33574 214287
22391 ;;;;;; 0))
22392 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22394 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22395 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22396 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22397 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22398 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22399 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22401 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22403 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22404 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22405 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22406 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22407 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22409 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22410 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22411 were operated on recently.
22413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22415 ;;;***
22417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21166 57660 911600 0))
22418 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22420 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22421 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22422 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22423 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22424 ends.
22426 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22427 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22428 to be deleted.
22430 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22432 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22433 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22434 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22436 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22437 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22438 deleted.
22440 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22442 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22443 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22444 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22446 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22448 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22449 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22451 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22452 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22454 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22455 deleted.
22457 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22458 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22459 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22460 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22461 even beep.)
22463 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22465 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22466 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22468 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22470 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22471 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22473 \(fn)" t nil)
22475 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22476 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22477 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22478 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22479 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22480 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22481 and point is at the lower right corner.
22483 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22485 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22486 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22488 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22489 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22491 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22492 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22493 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22495 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22497 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22499 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22500 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22501 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22502 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22503 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22505 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22506 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22508 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22510 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22511 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22512 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22514 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22516 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22518 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22520 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22521 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22523 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22524 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22525 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22527 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22529 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22530 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22531 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22533 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22534 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22535 rectangle which were empty.
22537 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22539 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22540 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22542 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22543 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22544 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22545 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22547 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22549 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22550 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22551 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22555 ;;;***
22557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20884 7264
22558 ;;;;;; 912957 506000))
22559 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22561 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22562 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22563 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22564 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22565 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22567 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22568 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22569 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22570 auto-filling.
22572 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22576 ;;;***
22578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20928 13222
22579 ;;;;;; 500272 0))
22580 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22582 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22583 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22585 \(fn)" nil nil)
22587 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22588 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22590 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22591 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22593 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22594 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22595 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22596 \\ref macro.
22598 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22599 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22600 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22602 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22603 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22604 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22606 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22607 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22609 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22610 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22612 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22613 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22614 on the menu bar.
22616 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22620 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22621 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22622 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22624 \(fn)" nil nil)
22626 ;;;***
22628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (20921
22629 ;;;;;; 39978 248467 0))
22630 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22632 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22633 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22634 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22635 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22636 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22637 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22639 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22641 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22643 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22644 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22645 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22646 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22647 `reftex-cite-format'.
22649 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22650 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22651 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22652 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22654 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22656 ;;;***
22658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22659 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22660 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22662 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22663 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22664 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22665 the current TeX document.
22667 With no argument, this command toggles
22668 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22669 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22673 ;;;***
22675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22676 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22677 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22679 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22680 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22681 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22683 To insert new phrases, use
22684 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22685 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22687 To index phrases use one of:
22689 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22690 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22691 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22692 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22693 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22695 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22696 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22698 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22700 Here are all local bindings.
22702 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22704 \(fn)" t nil)
22706 ;;;***
22708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22709 ;;;;;; (21107 58096 588457 0))
22710 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22712 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22713 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22714 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22715 of master file.
22717 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22719 ;;;***
22721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21170
22722 ;;;;;; 54711 780344 0))
22723 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22724 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22725 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22726 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22727 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22729 ;;;***
22731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21153
22732 ;;;;;; 45624 746041 0))
22733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22735 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22736 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22737 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22738 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22739 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22740 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22742 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22743 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22745 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22746 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22747 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22748 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22750 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22752 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22753 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22754 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22755 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22757 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22759 ;;;***
22761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (20709 26818 907104
22762 ;;;;;; 0))
22763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22764 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22766 ;;;***
22768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21093 51772
22769 ;;;;;; 844670 0))
22770 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22771 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22773 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22774 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22775 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22776 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22778 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22780 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22782 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22783 Call `remember' in another frame.
22785 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22787 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22788 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22789 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22791 \(fn)" t nil)
22793 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22794 Extract diary entries from the region.
22796 \(fn)" nil nil)
22798 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22799 Creates notes buffer and switches to it if called interactively.
22801 If a notes buffer created by a previous invocation of this
22802 function already exist, it will be returned. Otherwise a new
22803 buffer will be created whose content will be read from file
22804 pointed by `remember-data-file'. If a buffer visiting this file
22805 already exist, that buffer will be used instead of creating a new
22806 one (see `find-file-noselect' function for more details).
22808 Name of the created buffer is taken from `remember-notes-buffer-name'
22809 variable and if a buffer with that name already exist (but was not
22810 created by this function), it will be first killed.
22811 \\<remember-notes-mode-map>
22812 `remember-notes-mode' is active in the notes buffer which by default
22813 contains only one \\[save-and-bury-buffer] binding which saves and
22814 buries the buffer.
22816 Function returns notes buffer. When called interactively,
22817 switches to it as well.
22819 Notes buffer is meant for keeping random notes which you'd like to
22820 preserve across Emacs restarts. The notes will be stored in the
22821 `remember-data-file'.
22823 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22825 ;;;***
22827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21176 7093 848315 0))
22828 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22829 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22831 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22832 Repeat most recently executed command.
22833 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22834 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22835 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22837 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22838 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22839 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22840 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22842 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22843 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22844 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22846 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22848 ;;;***
22850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (20921 39978
22851 ;;;;;; 248467 0))
22852 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22854 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22855 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22857 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22858 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22859 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22860 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22861 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22862 and point is left after the salutation.
22864 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22865 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22866 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22867 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22868 left after that text.
22870 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22871 is non-nil.
22873 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22874 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22875 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22876 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22878 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22880 ;;;***
22882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (20992 52525 458637
22883 ;;;;;; 0))
22884 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22886 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22887 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22888 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22889 visibility of comments that precede it.
22890 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22891 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22892 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22893 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22894 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22895 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22896 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22897 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22898 the comment lines.
22899 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22900 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22901 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22902 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22903 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22907 ;;;***
22909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21041 38058 75002 0))
22910 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22912 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22913 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22914 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22915 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22916 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22918 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22919 reveals invisible text around point.
22921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22923 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22924 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22925 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22926 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22927 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22928 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22930 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22932 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22933 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22934 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22936 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22937 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22938 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22942 ;;;***
22944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (20709 26818 907104
22945 ;;;;;; 0))
22946 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22948 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22949 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22951 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22953 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22954 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22956 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22958 ;;;***
22960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20903 10024 645978
22961 ;;;;;; 0))
22962 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22964 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22965 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22966 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22967 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22969 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22971 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22972 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22973 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22974 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22976 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22977 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22979 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22980 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22982 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22983 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22984 INPUT-ARGS.
22986 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22987 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22988 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22989 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22990 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22992 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22993 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22994 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22995 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22997 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22998 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22999 variable.
23001 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23003 ;;;***
23005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21105 26139 752484
23006 ;;;;;; 0))
23007 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23009 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23010 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23012 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23014 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23016 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23017 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23018 Its name should end with a slash.")
23020 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23021 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23023 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23024 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23025 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23027 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23029 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23030 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23031 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23032 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23033 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23034 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23035 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23037 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23038 sent by you under different user names.
23039 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23041 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23043 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23045 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23047 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23048 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23049 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23050 explicitly.")
23052 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23054 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23055 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23056 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23057 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23058 which normally happens once for each message,
23059 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23060 To make a change in this variable take effect
23061 for a message that you have already viewed,
23062 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23064 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23066 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23067 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23068 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23069 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23071 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23073 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23074 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23076 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23078 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23079 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23080 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23082 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23084 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23085 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23086 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23087 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23088 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23089 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23091 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23093 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23094 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23096 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23098 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23099 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23101 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23103 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23104 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23106 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23107 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23109 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23111 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23112 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23114 This is set to nil by default.")
23116 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23117 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23118 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23119 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23120 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23121 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23122 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23124 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23125 Read and edit incoming mail.
23126 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23127 file in RMAIL Mode.
23128 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23130 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23131 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23132 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23133 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23135 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23137 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23139 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23140 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23141 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23142 Instead, these commands are available:
23144 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23145 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23146 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23147 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23148 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23149 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23150 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23151 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23152 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23153 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23154 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23155 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23156 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23157 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23158 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23159 till a deleted message is found.
23160 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23161 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23162 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23163 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23164 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23165 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23166 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23167 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23168 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23169 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23170 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23171 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23172 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23173 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23174 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23175 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23176 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23177 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23178 (label defaults to last one specified).
23179 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23180 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23181 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23182 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23183 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23184 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23185 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23186 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23187 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23189 \(fn)" t nil)
23191 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23192 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23194 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23196 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23197 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23199 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23201 ;;;***
23203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20709 26818
23204 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23205 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23206 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23208 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23209 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23210 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23211 case it writes Babyl.
23213 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23214 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23215 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23216 `rmail-default-file'.
23218 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23219 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23220 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23222 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23223 the header display is currently pruned.
23225 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23226 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23227 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23228 messages after output.
23230 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23231 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23232 message (if writing a file directly).
23234 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23235 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23237 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23239 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23240 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23241 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23242 i) the header is output as currently seen
23243 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23244 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23246 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23247 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23248 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23250 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23252 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23253 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23254 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23255 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23256 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23257 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23258 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23260 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23261 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23262 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23264 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23266 ;;;***
23268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (20998 4934
23269 ;;;;;; 952905 0))
23270 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23272 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23273 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23274 Return a pattern.
23276 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23278 ;;;***
23280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (20813 33065
23281 ;;;;;; 721081 0))
23282 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23284 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23285 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23286 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23287 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23289 \(fn)" t nil)
23291 ;;;***
23293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (20884 6711
23294 ;;;;;; 386198 0))
23295 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23297 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23298 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23300 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23301 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23302 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23303 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23304 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23305 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23306 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23307 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23308 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23309 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23311 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23312 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23313 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23314 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23315 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23316 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23317 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23318 to use for finding the schema.
23320 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23322 ;;;***
23324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20709 26818 907104
23325 ;;;;;; 0))
23326 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23328 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23330 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23331 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23332 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23333 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23334 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23335 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23336 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23337 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23338 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23339 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23340 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23341 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23342 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23343 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23344 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23345 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23346 must be equal.
23348 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23350 ;;;***
23352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082
23353 ;;;;;; 997685 0))
23354 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23356 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23357 Define a robin package.
23359 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23360 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23361 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23362 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23364 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23365 one replaces the old one.
23367 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23369 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23370 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23372 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23373 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23374 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23376 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23378 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23379 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23381 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23383 ;;;***
23385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
23386 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23388 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23389 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23391 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23393 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23394 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23396 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23398 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23399 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23401 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23403 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23404 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23405 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23407 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23408 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23409 in ROT13.
23411 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23413 \(fn)" t nil)
23415 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23416 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23418 \(fn)" t nil)
23420 ;;;***
23422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (20932 10282 564846
23423 ;;;;;; 0))
23424 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23425 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23427 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23428 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23429 \\<rst-mode-map>
23431 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23432 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23433 highlighting.
23435 \\{rst-mode-map}
23437 \(fn)" t nil)
23439 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23440 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23441 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23442 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23443 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23445 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23446 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23447 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23451 ;;;***
23453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21176
23454 ;;;;;; 7093 848315 0))
23455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23456 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23458 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23459 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23461 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23463 \(fn)" t nil)
23465 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "Vagrant\\|Guard\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23467 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23469 ;;;***
23471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20791 9657 561026
23472 ;;;;;; 0))
23473 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23474 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23476 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23477 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23478 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23480 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23481 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23482 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23483 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23484 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23488 ;;;***
23490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21177 27957 288172
23491 ;;;;;; 0))
23492 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23494 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23495 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23496 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23497 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23499 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23501 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23502 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23503 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23505 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23506 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23507 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23509 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23510 notation.
23512 STRING
23513 matches string STRING literally.
23515 CHAR
23516 matches character CHAR literally.
23518 `not-newline', `nonl'
23519 matches any character except a newline.
23521 `anything'
23522 matches any character
23524 `(any SET ...)'
23525 `(in SET ...)'
23526 `(char SET ...)'
23527 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23528 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23529 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23531 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23532 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23533 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23534 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23536 `(not (any SET ...))'
23537 matches any character not in SET ...
23539 `line-start', `bol'
23540 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23541 in the text being matched
23543 `line-end', `eol'
23544 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23546 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23547 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23548 string being matched against.
23550 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23551 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23552 string being matched against.
23554 `buffer-start'
23555 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23556 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23558 `buffer-end'
23559 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23560 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23562 `point'
23563 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23565 `word-start', `bow'
23566 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23568 `word-end', `eow'
23569 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23571 `word-boundary'
23572 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23573 word.
23575 `(not word-boundary)'
23576 `not-word-boundary'
23577 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23578 word.
23580 `symbol-start'
23581 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23583 `symbol-end'
23584 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23586 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23587 matches 0 through 9.
23589 `control', `cntrl'
23590 matches ASCII control characters.
23592 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23593 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23595 `blank'
23596 matches space and tab only.
23598 `graphic', `graph'
23599 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23600 space, and DEL.
23602 `printing', `print'
23603 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23604 and DEL.
23606 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23607 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23608 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23610 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23611 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23612 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23614 `ascii'
23615 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23617 `nonascii'
23618 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23620 `lower', `lower-case'
23621 matches anything lower-case.
23623 `upper', `upper-case'
23624 matches anything upper-case.
23626 `punctuation', `punct'
23627 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23628 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23630 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23631 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23633 `word', `wordchar'
23634 matches anything that has word syntax.
23636 `not-wordchar'
23637 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23639 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23640 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23641 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23642 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23644 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23645 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23646 `word' (\\sw)
23647 `symbol' (\\s_)
23648 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23649 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23650 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23651 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23652 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23653 `escape' (\\s\\)
23654 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23655 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23656 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23657 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23658 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23660 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23661 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23663 `(category CATEGORY)'
23664 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23665 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23667 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23668 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23669 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23670 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23671 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23672 `symbol' (\\c5)
23673 `digit' (\\c6)
23674 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23675 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23676 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23677 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23678 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23679 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23680 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23681 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23682 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23683 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23684 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23685 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23686 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23687 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23688 `ascii' (\\ca)
23689 `arabic' (\\cb)
23690 `chinese' (\\cc)
23691 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23692 `greek' (\\cg)
23693 `korean' (\\ch)
23694 `indian' (\\ci)
23695 `japanese' (\\cj)
23696 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23697 `latin' (\\cl)
23698 `lao' (\\co)
23699 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23700 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23701 `thai' (\\ct)
23702 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23703 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23704 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23705 `can-break' (\\c|)
23707 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23708 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23710 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23711 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23712 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23713 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23714 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23716 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23717 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23718 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23719 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23721 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23722 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23723 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23724 group number N.
23726 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23727 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23728 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23729 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23730 regular expression.
23732 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23733 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23734 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23735 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23736 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23738 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23739 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23741 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23742 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23744 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23745 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23746 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23748 `(* SEXP ...)'
23749 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23750 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23752 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23753 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23754 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23756 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23757 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23758 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23760 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23761 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23763 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23764 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23766 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23767 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23768 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23769 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23771 `(? SEXP ...)'
23772 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23774 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23775 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23777 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23778 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23779 matches N occurrences.
23781 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23782 matches N or more occurrences.
23784 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23785 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23786 matches N to M occurrences.
23788 `(backref N)'
23789 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23791 `(eval FORM)'
23792 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23793 `regexp-quote' it.
23795 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23796 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23798 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23800 ;;;***
23802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (20709 26818
23803 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23804 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23805 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23807 ;;;***
23809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21040 42923 330142
23810 ;;;;;; 838000))
23811 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23812 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23814 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23815 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23816 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23817 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23818 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23819 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23821 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23823 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23824 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23825 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23826 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23827 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23829 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23830 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23831 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23832 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23834 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23835 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23836 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23840 ;;;***
23842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21112 54200
23843 ;;;;;; 857404 0))
23844 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23846 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23847 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23848 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23850 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23851 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23852 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23853 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23854 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23855 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23856 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23857 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23859 Commands:
23860 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23861 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23862 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23864 \(fn)" t nil)
23866 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23867 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23868 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23870 Commands:
23871 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23872 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23873 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23874 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23875 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23876 that variable's value is a string.
23878 \(fn)" t nil)
23880 ;;;***
23882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21040 17194
23883 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
23884 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23886 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23887 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23888 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23890 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23892 \(fn)" t nil)
23894 ;;;***
23896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (20709 26818 907104
23897 ;;;;;; 0))
23898 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23900 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23901 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23902 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23903 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23904 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23905 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23907 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23909 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23910 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23911 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23912 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23913 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23915 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23916 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23920 ;;;***
23922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (20709 26818
23923 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23924 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23926 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23927 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23928 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23929 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23930 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23931 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23932 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23933 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23937 ;;;***
23939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21071 59176 747909
23940 ;;;;;; 0))
23941 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23942 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23943 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23945 ;;;***
23947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21052 33668
23948 ;;;;;; 690120 156000))
23949 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23950 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23952 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23953 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23954 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23956 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23957 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23958 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23959 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23960 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23961 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23962 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23963 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23964 keybinding for tag names.
23965 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23966 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23967 of the symbol under point.
23968 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23969 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23970 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23971 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23972 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23973 syntax tokens.
23974 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23976 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23978 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23979 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23980 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23981 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23982 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23983 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23985 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23987 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23988 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23989 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23990 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23991 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23993 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23994 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23995 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23996 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23997 Semantic mode.
23999 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24003 ;;;***
24005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24006 ;;;;;; (21145 51520 109004 0))
24007 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24009 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24010 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24012 \(fn)" t nil)
24014 ;;;***
24016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24017 ;;;;;; (21145 51520 109004 0))
24018 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24020 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24021 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24023 \(fn)" t nil)
24025 ;;;***
24027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
24028 ;;;;;; 0))
24029 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24031 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24032 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24034 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24035 king@grassland.com
24036 If `parens', they look like:
24037 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24038 If `angles', they look like:
24039 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24041 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24042 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24044 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24046 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24047 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24048 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24049 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24051 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24052 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24053 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24054 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24056 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24058 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24059 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24060 This is done when the message is initialized,
24061 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24063 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24065 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24066 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24067 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24069 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24071 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24072 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24073 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24074 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24075 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24076 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24077 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24079 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24081 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24082 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24084 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24086 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24087 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24088 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24089 be a Babyl file.")
24091 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24093 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24094 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24095 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24096 when you first send mail.")
24098 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24100 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24101 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24102 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24103 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24104 This file need not actually exist.")
24106 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24108 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24109 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24111 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24113 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24114 Alist of mail address aliases,
24115 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24116 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24117 can specify a different file name.)
24118 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24119 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24121 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24122 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24123 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24125 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24127 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24128 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24129 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24131 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24133 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24134 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24135 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24136 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24137 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24138 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24139 in the cited portion of the message.
24141 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24142 instead of no action.")
24144 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24146 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24147 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24148 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24149 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24150 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24152 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24154 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24155 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24156 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24157 If a string, that string is inserted.
24158 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24159 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24160 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24161 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24163 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24165 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24166 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24168 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24170 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24171 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24172 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24174 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24175 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24177 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24179 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24180 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24181 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24182 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24184 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24186 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24187 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24188 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24190 \(fn)" nil nil)
24192 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24194 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24197 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24199 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24200 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24201 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24203 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24204 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24206 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24207 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24208 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24209 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24210 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24211 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24212 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24213 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24214 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24215 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24216 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24217 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24218 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24219 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24221 \(fn)" t nil)
24223 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24224 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24225 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24226 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24228 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24230 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24231 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24232 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24233 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24234 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24235 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24237 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24238 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24239 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24241 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24242 User should not set this variable manually,
24243 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24244 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24245 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24247 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24248 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24249 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24250 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24252 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24253 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24255 \\<mail-mode-map>
24256 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24258 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24259 to move to message header fields:
24260 \\{mail-mode-map}
24262 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24263 when the message is initialized.
24265 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24266 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24268 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24269 is inserted.
24271 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24272 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24274 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24275 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24276 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24277 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24278 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24279 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24280 buffer without erasing the contents.
24282 The second through fifth arguments,
24283 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24284 the initial contents of those header fields.
24285 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24286 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24287 original message being replied to, or else an action
24288 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24289 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24290 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24291 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24292 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24293 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24295 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24297 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24298 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24300 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24302 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24303 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24305 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24307 ;;;***
24309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
24310 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24312 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24314 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24316 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24318 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24319 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24320 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24321 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24322 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24323 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24325 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24326 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24328 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24329 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24330 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24332 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24333 \\[server-start].
24335 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24337 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24338 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24339 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24340 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24342 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24344 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24345 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24346 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24347 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24348 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24349 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24351 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24353 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24354 Toggle Server mode.
24355 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24356 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24357 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24359 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24360 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24361 `server-start' for details.
24363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24365 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24366 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24367 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24369 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24370 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24372 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24374 ;;;***
24376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21132 39477 543900 0))
24377 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24379 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24380 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24382 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24383 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24384 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24385 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24386 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24388 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24389 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24390 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24391 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24392 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24393 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24395 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24396 displayed.
24398 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24399 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24400 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24402 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24403 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24405 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24406 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24408 \\{ses-mode-map}
24409 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24410 part):
24411 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24412 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24413 formula:
24414 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24416 \(fn)" t nil)
24418 ;;;***
24420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (20784
24421 ;;;;;; 36406 653593 0))
24422 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24424 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24425 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24426 Makes > match <.
24427 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24428 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24430 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24431 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24432 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24434 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24435 in your init file.
24437 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24439 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24440 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24441 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24443 \(fn)" t nil)
24445 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24446 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24447 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24448 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24449 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24450 which this is based.
24452 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24454 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24455 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24456 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24457 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24459 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24460 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24461 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24463 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24464 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24465 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24466 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24468 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24469 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24470 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24471 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24473 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24475 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24476 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24477 To work around that, do:
24478 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24480 \\{html-mode-map}
24482 \(fn)" t nil)
24484 ;;;***
24486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21173
24487 ;;;;;; 31085 798700 0))
24488 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24489 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24490 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24492 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24493 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24494 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24495 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24496 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24497 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24499 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24500 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24501 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24502 shell-specific features.
24504 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24505 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24506 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24507 \\<sh-mode-map>
24508 \\[sh-case] case statement
24509 \\[sh-for] for loop
24510 \\[sh-function] function definition
24511 \\[sh-if] if statement
24512 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24513 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24514 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24515 \\[sh-select] select loop
24516 \\[sh-until] until loop
24517 \\[sh-while] while loop
24519 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24520 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24521 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24522 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24523 would indent to the way it currently is.
24524 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24525 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24528 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24529 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24530 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24531 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24532 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24533 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24535 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24536 unquoted < insert a here document.
24538 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24539 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24540 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24542 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24543 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24545 \(fn)" t nil)
24547 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24549 ;;;***
24551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21082 29482
24552 ;;;;;; 330637 0))
24553 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24555 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24556 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24558 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24559 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24560 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24562 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24563 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24564 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24565 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24566 the earlier.
24568 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24570 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24572 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24573 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24574 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24576 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24577 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24579 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24580 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24581 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24582 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24583 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24584 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24585 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24586 Emacs version).
24588 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24589 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24590 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24591 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24592 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24594 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24595 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24597 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24599 ;;;***
24601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20959 55207 940876
24602 ;;;;;; 0))
24603 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24605 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24606 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24607 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24608 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24609 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24610 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24611 sites in the cluster.
24613 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24615 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24616 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24617 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24618 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24619 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24621 \(fn)" t nil)
24623 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24624 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24625 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24626 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24627 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24628 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24629 `shadow-define-cluster').
24631 \(fn)" t nil)
24633 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24634 Set up file shadowing.
24636 \(fn)" t nil)
24638 ;;;***
24640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21182 3308 974772 0))
24641 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24643 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24644 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24645 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24646 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24647 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24648 arguments.")
24650 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24652 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24653 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24654 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24655 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24656 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24658 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24659 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24660 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24661 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24662 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24663 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24664 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24665 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24666 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24667 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24668 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24670 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24671 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24672 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24673 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24674 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24675 `default-process-coding-system'.
24677 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24678 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24679 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24680 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24682 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24684 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24686 ;;;***
24688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21182 3308 974772 0))
24689 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24691 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24692 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24693 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24694 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24696 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24698 ;;;***
24700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20926 57896 715754
24701 ;;;;;; 0))
24702 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24704 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24707 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24709 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24712 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24714 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24717 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24719 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24722 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24724 ;;;***
24726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (20709 26818
24727 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
24728 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24730 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24731 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24732 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24733 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24734 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24736 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24738 \(fn)" t nil)
24740 ;;;***
24742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20777 63161
24743 ;;;;;; 848428 0))
24744 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24746 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24747 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24748 \\{simula-mode-map}
24749 Variables controlling indentation style:
24750 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24751 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24752 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24753 `simula-indent-level'
24754 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24755 `simula-substatement-offset'
24756 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24757 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24758 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24759 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24760 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24761 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24762 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24763 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24764 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24765 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24766 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24767 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24768 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24769 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24770 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24771 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24772 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24773 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24774 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24775 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24776 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24777 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24778 or nil if they should not be changed.
24779 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24780 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24781 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24782 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24784 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24785 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24787 \(fn)" t nil)
24789 ;;;***
24791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21172 10041 427978
24792 ;;;;;; 0))
24793 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24795 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24796 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24798 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24799 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24800 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24801 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24803 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24805 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24807 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24808 Insert SKELETON.
24809 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24810 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24811 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24812 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24813 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24815 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24816 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24818 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24820 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24821 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24823 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24824 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24825 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24826 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24828 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24829 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24830 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24831 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24833 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24834 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24835 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24837 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24838 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24840 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24841 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24843 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24844 _ interesting point, interregion here
24845 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24846 interesting point set by _
24847 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24848 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24849 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24850 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24851 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24852 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24853 nil skipped
24855 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24856 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24858 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24859 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24860 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24861 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24862 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24863 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24864 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24865 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24867 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24868 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24869 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24870 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24871 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24872 available:
24874 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24875 then: insert previously read string once more
24876 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24877 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24878 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24880 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24881 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24883 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24885 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24886 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24888 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24889 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24890 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24891 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24892 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24893 such as backslash.
24895 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24896 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24897 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24899 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24901 ;;;***
24903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21139 62016
24904 ;;;;;; 336404 0))
24905 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24907 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24908 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24909 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24910 buffer names.
24912 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24914 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24915 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24916 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24917 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24918 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24919 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24923 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24924 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24925 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24927 \(fn)" t nil)
24929 ;;;***
24931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (20726 5184 974741
24932 ;;;;;; 509000))
24933 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24935 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24936 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24937 A list of images is returned.
24939 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24941 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24942 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24943 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24945 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24947 ;;;***
24949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (20709 26818
24950 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
24951 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24953 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24956 \(fn)" nil nil)
24958 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24959 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24961 \(fn)" t nil)
24963 ;;;***
24965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21040 17194 398147
24966 ;;;;;; 0))
24967 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24969 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24970 Play the Snake game.
24971 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24973 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24975 Snake mode keybindings:
24976 \\<snake-mode-map>
24977 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24978 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24979 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24980 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24981 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24982 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24983 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24985 \(fn)" t nil)
24987 ;;;***
24989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (20891 18859
24990 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
24991 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24993 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24994 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24995 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24996 Tab indents for C code.
24997 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24998 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24999 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25000 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25001 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25003 \(fn)" t nil)
25005 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25006 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25007 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25008 Tab indents for C code.
25009 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25010 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25011 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25012 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25013 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25015 \(fn)" t nil)
25017 ;;;***
25019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20709 26818 907104
25020 ;;;;;; 0))
25021 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25023 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25024 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25025 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25026 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25027 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25029 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25033 ;;;***
25035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20709 26818
25036 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
25037 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25039 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25040 Play Solitaire.
25042 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25043 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25044 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25045 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25046 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25047 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25048 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25049 check after each move or undo.)
25051 What is Solitaire?
25053 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25054 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25055 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25057 Le Solitaire
25058 ============
25060 o o o
25062 o o o
25064 o o o o o o o
25066 o o o . o o o
25068 o o o o o o o
25070 o o o
25072 o o o
25074 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25075 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25076 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25077 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25079 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25080 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25081 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25082 this: o o .
25084 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25085 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25087 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25089 o o o
25091 . o o
25093 o o . o o o o
25095 o . o o o o o
25097 o o o o o o o
25099 o o o
25101 o o o
25103 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25105 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25107 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25109 ;;;***
25111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (20896 36774 886399 0))
25112 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25113 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25115 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25116 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25118 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25119 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25120 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25121 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25122 contiguous.
25124 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25125 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25126 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25127 the sort order.
25129 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25130 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25132 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25133 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25134 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25135 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25136 is called.
25138 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25139 It should move point to the end of the record.
25141 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25142 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25143 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25144 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25145 starts at the beginning of the record.
25147 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25148 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25149 same as ENDRECFUN.
25151 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25152 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25153 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25154 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25155 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25156 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25157 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25159 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25161 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25162 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25163 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25164 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25165 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25166 the sort order.
25168 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25170 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25171 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25172 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25173 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25174 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25175 the sort order.
25177 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25179 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25180 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25181 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25182 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25183 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25184 the sort order.
25186 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25187 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25189 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25190 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25191 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25192 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25193 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25194 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25195 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25196 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25197 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25199 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25201 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25202 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25203 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25204 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25205 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25206 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25207 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25208 the sort order.
25210 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25212 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25213 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25214 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25215 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25217 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25218 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25220 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25221 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25222 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25223 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25224 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25225 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25226 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25227 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25229 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25231 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25232 the sort order.
25234 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25235 starting with the letter \"f\",
25236 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25238 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25240 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25241 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25242 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25243 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25244 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25245 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25246 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25247 the sort order.
25249 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25250 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25251 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25252 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25253 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25255 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25257 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25258 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25259 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25261 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25263 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25264 Delete duplicate lines in the region between BEG and END.
25266 If REVERSE is nil, search and delete duplicates forward keeping the first
25267 occurrence of duplicate lines. If REVERSE is non-nil (when called
25268 interactively with C-u prefix), search and delete duplicates backward
25269 keeping the last occurrence of duplicate lines.
25271 If ADJACENT is non-nil (when called interactively with two C-u prefixes),
25272 delete repeated lines only if they are adjacent. It works like the utility
25273 `uniq' and is useful when lines are already sorted in a large file since
25274 this is more efficient in performance and memory usage than when ADJACENT
25275 is nil that uses additional memory to remember previous lines.
25277 If KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (when called interactively with three C-u prefixes),
25278 duplicate blank lines are preserved.
25280 When called from Lisp and INTERACTIVE is omitted or nil, return the number
25281 of deleted duplicate lines, do not print it; if INTERACTIVE is t, the
25282 function behaves in all respects as if it had been called interactively.
25284 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25286 ;;;***
25288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20901 54695 989166 0))
25289 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25291 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25292 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25293 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25294 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25295 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25296 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25298 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25300 ;;;***
25302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (20874
25303 ;;;;;; 65006 672942 217000))
25304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25306 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25307 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25309 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25310 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25311 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25313 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25315 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25316 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25317 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25318 server.
25320 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25322 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25323 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25324 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25326 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25328 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25329 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25330 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25331 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25332 Agent is plugged.
25334 \(fn)" t nil)
25336 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25337 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25338 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25339 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25341 \(fn)" t nil)
25343 ;;;***
25345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21024 28968 738399
25346 ;;;;;; 0))
25347 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25349 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25351 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25352 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25353 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25354 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25355 supported at a time.
25356 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25357 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25361 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25362 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25363 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25364 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25366 \(fn)" t nil)
25368 ;;;***
25370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21041 38058 75002
25371 ;;;;;; 0))
25372 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25374 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25375 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25377 \(fn)" t nil)
25379 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25380 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25382 \(fn)" nil nil)
25384 ;;;***
25386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21082 29482 330637
25387 ;;;;;; 0))
25388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25389 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 3)) package--builtin-versions)
25391 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25392 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25394 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25395 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25396 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25397 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25398 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25399 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25400 of the current highlighting list.
25402 For example:
25404 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25405 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25407 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25408 `_t' as data types.
25410 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25412 (eval '(defun sql-help nil #("Show short help for the SQL modes.\n\nUse an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is\nusually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.\n\nUse the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:\n\n \\\\FREE\n\nOther non-free SQL implementations are also supported:\n\n \\\\NONFREE\n\nBut we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.\n\nYou can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the\ninterpreter for the current `sql-product'.\n\nOnce you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the\nbuffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt\nis generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions\nthat help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.\n\nIf you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a\nprocedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in\n`sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be\nanything. The name of the major mode is SQL.\n\nIn this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire\nbuffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are\nappended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." 0 1 (dynamic-docstring-function sql--make-help-docstring)) (interactive) (describe-function 'sql-help)))
25414 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25415 Major mode to edit SQL.
25417 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25418 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25419 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25421 \\{sql-mode-map}
25422 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25424 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25425 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25426 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25427 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25428 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25429 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25431 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25432 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25434 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25435 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25436 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25438 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25439 (lambda ()
25440 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25442 \(fn)" t nil)
25444 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25445 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25447 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25448 their settings.
25450 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25451 is specified in the connection settings.
25453 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25455 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25456 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25458 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25459 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25461 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25462 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25463 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25464 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25466 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25468 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25470 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25471 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25473 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25474 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25475 `*SQL*'.
25477 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25478 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25479 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25480 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25482 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25483 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25485 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25486 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25487 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25488 buffer.
25490 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25491 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25492 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25493 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25494 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25495 `default-process-coding-system'.
25497 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25499 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25501 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25502 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25504 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25505 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25506 `*SQL*'.
25508 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25509 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25510 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25511 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25513 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25514 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25516 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25517 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25518 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25519 buffer.
25521 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25522 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25523 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25524 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25525 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25526 `default-process-coding-system'.
25528 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25530 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25532 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25533 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25535 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25536 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25537 `*SQL*'.
25539 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25540 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25542 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25543 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25545 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25546 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25547 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25548 buffer.
25550 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25551 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25552 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25553 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25554 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25555 `default-process-coding-system'.
25557 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25559 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25561 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25562 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25564 SQLite is free software.
25566 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25567 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25568 `*SQL*'.
25570 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25571 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25572 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25573 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25575 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25576 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25578 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25579 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25580 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25581 buffer.
25583 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25584 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25585 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25586 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25587 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25588 `default-process-coding-system'.
25590 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25592 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25594 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25595 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25597 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25599 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25600 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25601 `*SQL*'.
25603 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25604 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25605 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25606 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25608 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25609 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25611 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25612 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25613 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25614 buffer.
25616 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25617 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25618 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25619 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25620 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25621 `default-process-coding-system'.
25623 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25625 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25627 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25628 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25630 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25631 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25632 `*SQL*'.
25634 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25635 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25636 defaults, if set.
25638 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25639 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25641 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25642 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25643 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25644 buffer.
25646 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25647 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25648 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25649 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25650 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25651 `default-process-coding-system'.
25653 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25655 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25657 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25658 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25660 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25661 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25662 `*SQL*'.
25664 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25665 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25667 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25668 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25670 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25671 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25672 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25673 buffer.
25675 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25676 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25677 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25678 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25679 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25680 `default-process-coding-system'.
25682 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25684 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25686 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25687 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25689 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25690 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25691 `*SQL*'.
25693 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25694 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25695 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25696 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25698 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25699 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25701 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25702 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25703 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25704 buffer.
25706 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25707 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25708 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25709 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25710 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25711 `default-process-coding-system'.
25713 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25715 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25717 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25718 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25720 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25721 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25722 `*SQL*'.
25724 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25725 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25726 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25727 `sql-postgres-options'.
25729 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25730 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25732 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25733 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25734 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25735 buffer.
25737 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25738 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25739 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25740 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25741 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25742 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25743 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25744 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25746 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25747 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25749 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25751 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25753 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25754 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25756 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25757 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25758 `*SQL*'.
25760 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25761 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25762 defaults, if set.
25764 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25765 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25767 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25768 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25769 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25770 buffer.
25772 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25773 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25774 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25775 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25776 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25777 `default-process-coding-system'.
25779 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25781 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25783 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25784 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25786 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25787 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25788 `*SQL*'.
25790 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25791 automatic login.
25793 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25794 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25796 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25797 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25798 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25799 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25801 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25802 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25803 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25804 buffer.
25806 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25807 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25808 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25809 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25810 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25811 `default-process-coding-system'.
25813 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25815 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25817 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25818 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25820 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25821 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25822 `*SQL*'.
25824 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25825 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25826 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25827 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25828 parameters.
25830 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25831 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25832 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25833 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25834 an empty password.
25836 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25837 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25839 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25840 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25841 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25842 buffer.
25844 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25846 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25848 ;;;***
25850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (20748 62911 684442
25851 ;;;;;; 0))
25852 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25853 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25855 ;;;***
25857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25858 ;;;;;; (21048 47760 436258 0))
25859 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25861 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25862 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25864 \(fn)" t nil)
25866 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25868 ;;;***
25870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (20709 26818
25871 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
25872 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25874 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25875 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25876 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25877 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25878 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25879 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25880 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25881 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25882 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25883 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25884 with any buffer
25885 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25886 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25887 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25888 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25890 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25892 ;;;***
25894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (20799 169 640767 0))
25895 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25897 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25898 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25899 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25900 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25901 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25902 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25904 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25906 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25908 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25909 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25910 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25911 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25912 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25913 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25914 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25916 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25918 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25919 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25920 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25921 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25922 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25923 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25924 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25926 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25928 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25929 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25930 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25932 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25934 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25935 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25936 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25938 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25940 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25941 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25943 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25945 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25946 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25948 \(fn)" t nil)
25950 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25951 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25953 \(fn)" t nil)
25955 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25956 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25957 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25958 chronologically by command name.
25959 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25961 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25963 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25964 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25965 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25966 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25967 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25968 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25970 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25972 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25973 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25974 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25975 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25976 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25978 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25979 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25980 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25981 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25982 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25984 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25985 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25986 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25987 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25989 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25993 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25994 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25995 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25996 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25998 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26000 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26001 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26003 \(fn)" t nil)
26005 ;;;***
26007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (20355 10021 546955
26008 ;;;;;; 0))
26009 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26011 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26012 Studlify-case the region.
26014 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26016 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26017 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26019 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26021 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26022 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26024 \(fn)" t nil)
26026 ;;;***
26028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21086 26537
26029 ;;;;;; 509049 0))
26030 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26032 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26033 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26034 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26035 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26036 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26038 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
26039 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
26040 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26041 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26043 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26044 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26045 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26047 Nomenclature Subwords
26048 ===========================================================
26049 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26050 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26051 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26053 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26054 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26055 as words.
26057 \\{subword-mode-map}
26059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26061 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26062 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26063 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26064 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26065 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26066 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26068 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26070 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26071 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26072 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26073 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26074 ARG is omitted or nil.
26076 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26077 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26078 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26082 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26083 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26084 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26085 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26086 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26088 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
26089 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
26090 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
26092 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
26093 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
26094 edit them as words.
26096 \\{superword-mode-map}
26098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26100 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26101 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26102 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26103 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26104 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26105 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26107 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26109 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26110 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26111 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26112 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26113 ARG is omitted or nil.
26115 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26116 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26117 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26121 ;;;***
26123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (20709 26818
26124 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
26125 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26127 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26128 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26129 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26130 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26131 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26132 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26133 original message but it does require a few things:
26135 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26137 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26138 reply buffer.
26140 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26141 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26142 original message.
26144 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26146 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26148 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26149 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26150 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26152 \(fn)" nil nil)
26154 ;;;***
26156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20709 26818 907104
26157 ;;;;;; 0))
26158 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26160 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26162 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26163 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26164 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26165 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26166 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26167 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26169 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26171 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26172 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26173 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26174 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26175 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26177 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26178 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26179 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26183 ;;;***
26185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
26186 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26188 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26189 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26190 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26191 buffer.
26193 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26194 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26195 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26197 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26199 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26200 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26201 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26202 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26203 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26204 buffer.
26206 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26207 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26208 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26210 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26212 ;;;***
26214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20709 26818 907104
26215 ;;;;;; 0))
26216 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26218 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26219 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26220 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26222 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26224 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26225 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26227 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26229 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26230 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26232 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26234 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26235 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26237 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26239 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26240 Insert an editable text table.
26241 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26242 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26243 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26244 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26245 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26246 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26247 delimiting them.
26249 Examples:
26251 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26253 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26254 location of point.
26258 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26259 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26260 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26261 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26262 first cell.
26264 +-----+-----+-----+
26265 |-!- | | |
26266 +-----+-----+-----+
26268 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26270 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26271 width, which results as
26273 +--------------+-----+-----+
26274 |-!- | | |
26275 +--------------+-----+-----+
26277 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26278 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26280 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26281 | | |-!- |
26282 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26284 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26285 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26286 width information to `table-insert'.
26288 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26290 instead of
26292 Cell width(s): 5
26294 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26295 work all together.
26297 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26298 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26300 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26301 |-!- | | |
26302 | | | |
26303 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26305 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26307 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26308 |-!- | | |
26309 | | | |
26310 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26311 | | | |
26312 | | | |
26313 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26315 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26317 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26318 | | | |
26319 | | | |
26320 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26321 | | | |
26322 | | | |
26323 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26326 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26327 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26328 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26330 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26331 | | | |
26332 | | | |
26333 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26334 | | | |
26335 | | | |
26336 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26337 |-!- | | |
26338 | | | |
26339 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26341 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26342 results.
26344 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26345 | | | |
26346 | | | |
26347 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26348 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26349 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26350 | | |expected results.-!- |
26351 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26352 | | | |
26353 | | | |
26354 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26356 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26358 \\{table-cell-map}
26360 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26362 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26363 Insert N table row(s).
26364 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26365 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26366 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26367 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26369 \(fn N)" t nil)
26371 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26372 Insert N table column(s).
26373 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26374 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26375 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26376 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26378 \(fn N)" t nil)
26380 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26381 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26382 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26384 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26386 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26387 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26388 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26389 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26390 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26391 all the table specific features.
26393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26395 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26398 \(fn)" t nil)
26400 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26401 Recognize all tables within region.
26402 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26403 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26404 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26405 specific features.
26407 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26409 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26412 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26414 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26415 Recognize a table at point.
26416 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26417 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26418 the table specific features.
26420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26422 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26425 \(fn)" t nil)
26427 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26428 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26429 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26430 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26431 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26432 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26433 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26435 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26437 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26440 \(fn)" t nil)
26442 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26443 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26444 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26445 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26446 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26447 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26448 specified.
26450 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26452 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26453 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26454 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26455 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26456 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26457 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26458 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26459 table structure.
26461 \(fn N)" t nil)
26463 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26464 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26465 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26466 table's rectangle structure.
26468 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26470 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26471 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26472 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26473 table's rectangle structure.
26475 \(fn N)" t nil)
26477 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26478 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26479 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26480 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26481 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26483 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26485 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26486 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26487 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26489 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26490 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26491 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26492 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26493 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26494 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26495 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26497 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26498 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26499 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26500 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26501 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26502 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26503 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26505 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26506 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26507 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26508 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26509 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26510 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26511 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26512 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26514 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26516 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26517 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26518 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26519 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26523 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26524 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26525 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26527 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26529 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26530 Split current cell vertically.
26531 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26533 \(fn)" t nil)
26535 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26536 Split current cell horizontally.
26537 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26539 \(fn)" t nil)
26541 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26542 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26543 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26545 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26547 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26548 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26549 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26550 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26552 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26554 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26555 Justify cell contents.
26556 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26557 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26558 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26559 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26561 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26563 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26564 Justify cells of a row.
26565 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26566 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26568 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26570 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26571 Justify cells of a column.
26572 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26573 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26575 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26577 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26578 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26579 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26580 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26581 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26582 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26583 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26584 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26585 run-time.
26587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26589 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26590 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26591 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26592 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26593 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26594 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26595 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26596 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26597 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26598 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26599 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26601 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26603 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26604 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26605 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26606 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26607 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26608 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26609 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26610 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26611 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26612 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26613 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26614 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26615 untouched.
26617 References used for this implementation:
26619 HTML:
26620 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26622 LaTeX:
26623 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26625 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26626 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26627 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26629 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26631 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26632 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26633 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26634 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26635 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26636 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26637 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26638 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26639 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26640 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26641 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26642 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26643 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26644 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26645 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26646 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26647 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26649 Example:
26651 (progn
26652 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26653 (table-forward-cell 15)
26654 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26655 (table-forward-cell 16)
26656 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26657 (table-forward-cell 1)
26658 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26660 (progn
26661 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26662 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26663 (table-forward-cell 1)
26664 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26666 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26668 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26669 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26670 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26671 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26672 consists from cells of same height.
26674 \(fn N)" t nil)
26676 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26677 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26678 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26679 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26680 column must consists from cells of same width.
26682 \(fn N)" t nil)
26684 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26685 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26686 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26687 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26688 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26689 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26690 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26691 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26692 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26693 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26694 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26695 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26696 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26697 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26698 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26701 Example 1:
26703 1, 2, 3, 4
26704 5, 6, 7, 8
26705 , 9, 10
26707 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26708 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26709 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26710 specified as 5.
26712 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26713 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26714 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26715 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26716 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26717 | | 9 | 10 | |
26718 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26720 Note:
26722 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26723 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26724 of each row is optional.
26727 Example 2:
26729 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26730 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26731 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26732 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26733 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26735 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26736 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26738 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26739 expression and raw delimiter regular
26740 expression, it parses the specified text
26741 area and extracts cell items from
26742 non-table text and then forms a table out
26743 of them.
26745 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26746 creates a single cell table. The text in
26747 the specified region is placed in that
26748 cell.-*-
26750 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26751 like this.
26753 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26754 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26755 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26757 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26758 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26759 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26760 | area and extracts cell items from |
26761 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26762 | of them. |
26764 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26765 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26766 | the specified region is placed in that |
26767 | cell. |
26768 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26770 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26771 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26772 independently.
26774 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26775 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26776 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26777 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26778 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26779 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26780 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26781 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26782 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26783 | |of them. |
26784 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26785 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26786 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26787 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26788 | |cell. |
26789 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26791 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26792 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26793 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26795 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26797 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26798 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26799 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26800 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26801 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26803 \(fn)" t nil)
26805 ;;;***
26807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
26808 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26810 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26811 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26813 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26815 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26816 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26818 \(fn)" t nil)
26820 ;;;***
26822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20932 10282 564846
26823 ;;;;;; 0))
26824 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26826 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26827 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26828 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26829 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26830 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26831 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26832 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26834 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26835 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26836 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26837 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26839 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26840 \\{tar-mode-map}
26842 \(fn)" t nil)
26844 ;;;***
26846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (20903 10024 645978
26847 ;;;;;; 0))
26848 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26850 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26851 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26852 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26853 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26854 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26855 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26857 Variables controlling indentation style:
26858 `tcl-indent-level'
26859 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26860 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26861 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26863 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26864 documentation for details):
26865 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26866 Controls action of TAB key.
26867 `tcl-auto-newline'
26868 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26869 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26870 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26871 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26872 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26874 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26875 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26876 already exist.
26878 \(fn)" t nil)
26880 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26881 Run inferior Tcl process.
26882 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26883 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26885 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26887 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26888 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26889 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26891 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26893 ;;;***
26895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20709 26818 907104
26896 ;;;;;; 0))
26897 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26899 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26900 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26901 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26902 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26904 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26905 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26906 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26907 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26908 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26910 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26912 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26913 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26914 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26915 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26917 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26919 ;;;***
26921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
26922 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26924 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26925 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26926 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26927 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26928 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26929 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26931 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26933 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26934 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26935 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26936 commands to use in that buffer.
26938 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26940 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26942 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26943 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26945 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26947 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26948 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26949 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26950 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26951 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26952 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26953 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26954 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26955 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26956 use in that buffer.
26957 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26959 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26961 ;;;***
26963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (20878
26964 ;;;;;; 6823 881439 0))
26965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26967 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26968 Start coverage on function under point.
26970 \(fn)" t nil)
26972 ;;;***
26974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20874 65006 672942
26975 ;;;;;; 217000))
26976 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26977 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26979 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26980 Play the Tetris game.
26981 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26982 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26983 as to form complete rows.
26985 tetris-mode keybindings:
26986 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26987 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26988 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26989 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26990 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26991 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26992 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26993 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26994 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26996 \(fn)" t nil)
26998 ;;;***
27000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21136 36544
27001 ;;;;;; 158478 0))
27002 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27004 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27005 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27007 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27009 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27010 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27011 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27012 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27013 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27015 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27017 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27018 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27019 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27020 if it matches the first line of the file,
27021 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27023 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27025 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27026 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27027 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27028 if the variable is non-nil.")
27030 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27032 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27033 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27035 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27037 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27038 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27039 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27040 See the documentation of that variable.")
27042 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27044 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27045 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27046 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27047 See the documentation of that variable.")
27049 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27051 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27052 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27053 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27054 See the documentation of that variable.")
27056 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27058 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27059 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27060 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27061 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27062 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27064 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27066 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27067 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27068 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27069 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27071 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27073 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27074 User defined LaTeX block names.
27075 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27077 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27079 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27080 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27081 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27082 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27084 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27086 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27087 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27088 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27089 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27091 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27093 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27094 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27095 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27096 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27098 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27099 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27100 for example,
27102 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27103 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27105 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27106 use.")
27108 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27110 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27111 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27112 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27113 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27114 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27116 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27118 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27120 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27121 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27122 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27124 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27126 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27127 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27128 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27129 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27130 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27132 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27134 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27135 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27137 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27139 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27140 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27142 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27144 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27145 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27146 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27147 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27148 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27149 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27150 says which mode to use.
27152 \(fn)" t nil)
27154 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27156 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27158 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27160 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27161 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27162 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27163 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27164 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27166 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27167 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27168 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27169 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27170 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27171 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27172 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27174 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27175 mismatched $'s or braces.
27177 Special commands:
27178 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27180 Mode variables:
27181 tex-run-command
27182 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27183 tex-directory
27184 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27185 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27186 tex-dvi-print-command
27187 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27188 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27189 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27190 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27191 tex-dvi-view-command
27192 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27193 tex-show-queue-command
27194 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27195 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27197 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27198 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27199 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27201 \(fn)" t nil)
27203 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27204 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27205 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27206 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27207 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27209 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27210 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27211 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27212 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27213 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27214 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27215 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27217 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27218 mismatched $'s or braces.
27220 Special commands:
27221 \\{latex-mode-map}
27223 Mode variables:
27224 latex-run-command
27225 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27226 tex-directory
27227 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27228 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27229 tex-dvi-print-command
27230 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27231 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27232 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27233 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27234 tex-dvi-view-command
27235 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27236 tex-show-queue-command
27237 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27238 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27240 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27241 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27242 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27244 \(fn)" t nil)
27246 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27247 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27248 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27249 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27250 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27252 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27253 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27254 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27255 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27256 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27257 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27258 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27260 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27261 mismatched $'s or braces.
27263 Special commands:
27264 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27266 Mode variables:
27267 slitex-run-command
27268 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27269 tex-directory
27270 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27271 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27272 tex-dvi-print-command
27273 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27274 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27275 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27276 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27277 tex-dvi-view-command
27278 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27279 tex-show-queue-command
27280 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27281 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27283 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27284 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27285 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27286 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27288 \(fn)" t nil)
27290 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27293 \(fn)" nil nil)
27295 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27296 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27298 \(fn)" t nil)
27300 ;;;***
27302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20709 26818
27303 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
27304 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27306 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27307 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27308 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27309 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27311 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27312 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27313 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27315 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27317 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27318 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27319 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27320 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27321 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27323 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27325 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27326 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27327 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27328 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27330 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27331 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27332 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27333 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27335 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27336 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27338 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27340 ;;;***
27342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20709 26818
27343 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
27344 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27346 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27347 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27349 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27351 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27352 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27354 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27356 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27357 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27359 It has these extra commands:
27360 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27362 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27363 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27364 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27365 modified version of TeX input format.
27367 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27368 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27369 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27370 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27372 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27373 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27374 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27375 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27376 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27377 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27378 in the Texinfo file.
27380 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27381 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27382 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27383 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27384 move forward past the closing brace.
27386 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27387 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27389 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27390 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27391 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27393 Here are the functions:
27395 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27396 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27397 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27399 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27400 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27401 texinfo-master-menu
27403 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27405 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27406 which menu descriptions are indented.
27408 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27409 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27410 in the region.
27412 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27413 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27414 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27415 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27417 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27418 be the first node in the file.
27420 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27421 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27423 \(fn)" t nil)
27425 ;;;***
27427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (20709
27428 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
27429 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27431 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27432 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27433 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27434 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27436 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27438 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27439 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27441 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27443 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27444 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27446 \(fn)" t nil)
27448 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27451 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27453 ;;;***
27455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21114 9531 52922
27456 ;;;;;; 0))
27457 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27459 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27460 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27461 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27462 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27463 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27464 `line', and `page'.
27466 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27468 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27469 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27470 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27471 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27472 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27473 `line', and `page'.
27475 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27476 valid THING.
27478 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27479 positions of the thing found.
27481 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27483 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27484 Return the THING at point.
27485 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27486 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27487 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27488 `line', `number', and `page'.
27490 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27491 strip text properties from the return value.
27493 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27494 a symbol as a valid THING.
27496 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27498 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27499 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27501 \(fn)" nil nil)
27503 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27504 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27506 \(fn)" nil nil)
27508 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27509 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27511 \(fn)" nil nil)
27513 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27514 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27516 \(fn)" nil nil)
27518 ;;;***
27520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (20958 59019 473587 89000))
27521 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27523 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27524 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27526 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27528 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27529 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27530 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27531 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27533 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27535 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27536 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27538 \(fn)" t nil)
27540 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27541 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27543 \(fn)" t nil)
27545 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27547 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27548 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27550 \(fn)" t nil)
27552 ;;;***
27554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20826
27555 ;;;;;; 45095 436233 0))
27556 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27558 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27559 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27560 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27562 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27564 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27565 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27567 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27569 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27570 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27571 The returned string has no composition information.
27573 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27575 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27576 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27578 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27580 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27581 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27583 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27585 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27586 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27587 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27588 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27590 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27592 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27593 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27594 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27595 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27597 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27599 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27600 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27601 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27603 \(fn)" t nil)
27605 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27606 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27607 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27609 \(fn)" t nil)
27611 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27614 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27616 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27619 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27621 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27624 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27626 ;;;***
27628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (20791 9657
27629 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
27630 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27631 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27633 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27634 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27635 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27636 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27637 parameters.
27638 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27640 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27642 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27643 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27644 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27645 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27646 parameters.
27647 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27649 \(fn)" t nil)
27651 ;;;***
27653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21145 51520 109004 0))
27654 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27656 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27657 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27659 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27660 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27662 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27663 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27664 This display updates automatically every minute.
27665 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27666 are displayed as well.
27667 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27669 \(fn)" t nil)
27671 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27672 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27673 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27674 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27675 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27676 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27678 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27680 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27681 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27682 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27683 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27684 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27686 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27687 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27688 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27689 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27690 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27694 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27695 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27696 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27697 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27699 \(fn)" t nil)
27701 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27702 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27703 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27704 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27706 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27708 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27709 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27711 \(fn)" t nil)
27713 ;;;***
27715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (20709
27716 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
27717 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27719 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27720 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27721 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27723 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27724 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27725 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27726 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27727 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27728 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27730 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27731 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27733 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27735 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27736 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27738 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27740 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27741 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27743 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27745 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27746 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27747 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27749 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27751 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27753 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27754 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27755 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27757 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27759 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27760 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27762 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27764 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27765 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27766 DATE should be a date-time string.
27768 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27770 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27771 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27772 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27774 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27776 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27777 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27779 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27781 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27782 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27784 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27786 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27787 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27788 TIME should be a time value.
27789 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27791 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27793 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27794 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27795 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27797 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27799 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27800 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27801 The valid format specifiers are:
27802 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27803 %d is the number of days.
27804 %h is the number of hours.
27805 %m is the number of minutes.
27806 %s is the number of seconds.
27807 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27808 %% is a literal \"%\".
27810 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27811 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27813 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27814 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27815 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27817 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27818 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27819 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27821 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27823 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27825 ;;;***
27827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (20709 26818 907104
27828 ;;;;;; 0))
27829 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27830 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27831 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27832 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27833 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27834 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27835 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27836 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27837 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27839 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27840 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27841 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27842 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27843 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27844 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27845 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27846 look like one of the following:
27847 Time-stamp: <>
27848 Time-stamp: \" \"
27849 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27850 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27851 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27852 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27853 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27854 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27855 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27856 the template.
27858 \(fn)" t nil)
27860 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27861 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27862 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27866 ;;;***
27868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21013
27869 ;;;;;; 58662 278539 0))
27870 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27871 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27873 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27874 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27875 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27876 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27877 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27878 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27880 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27882 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27883 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27884 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27885 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27886 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27887 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27888 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27889 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27890 display (non-nil means on).
27892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27894 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27895 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27896 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27897 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27898 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27899 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27900 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27901 this function is called within a day.
27903 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27904 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27905 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27906 discover the name of the project.
27908 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27910 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27911 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27912 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27913 begun during the last time segment.
27915 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27916 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27917 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27918 discover the reason.
27920 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27922 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27923 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27924 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27925 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27926 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27928 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27930 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27931 Change to working on a different project.
27932 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27933 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27934 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27935 working on.
27937 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27939 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27940 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27941 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27943 \(fn)" nil nil)
27945 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27946 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27947 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27949 \(fn)" t nil)
27951 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27952 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27953 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27954 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27955 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27956 \"relative to today\".
27958 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27960 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27961 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27962 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27963 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27965 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27967 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27968 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27969 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27970 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27971 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27972 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27974 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27976 ;;;***
27978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27979 ;;;;;; (21145 51520 109004 0))
27980 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27982 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27983 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27984 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27985 the generated Quail package is saved.
27987 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27989 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27990 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27991 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27992 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27993 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27994 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27995 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27997 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27999 ;;;***
28001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21086 55571 430148 991000))
28002 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28003 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28004 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28006 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28007 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28008 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28009 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28010 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28012 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28013 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28014 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28016 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28018 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28019 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28020 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28021 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28022 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28024 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28026 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28027 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28028 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28029 in the menu in two ways:
28030 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28031 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28032 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28034 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28035 keymap or an alist of alists.
28036 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28037 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28039 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28041 ;;;***
28043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21176
28044 ;;;;;; 7093 848315 0))
28045 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28047 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28048 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28050 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28051 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28052 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28053 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28054 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28055 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28056 file was last visited.
28058 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28059 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28060 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28061 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28062 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28063 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28064 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28065 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28066 for the first item.
28068 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28069 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28070 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28071 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28072 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28073 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28074 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28075 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28077 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28078 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28079 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28080 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28081 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28083 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28084 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28086 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28088 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28089 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28091 \\{todo-mode-map}
28093 \(fn)" t nil)
28095 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28096 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28098 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28100 \(fn)" t nil)
28102 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28103 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28105 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28107 \(fn)" t nil)
28109 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.todo\\'" . todo-mode))
28111 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.toda\\'" . todo-archive-mode))
28113 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.tod[tyr]\\'" . todo-filtered-items-mode))
28115 ;;;***
28117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20709 26818 907104
28118 ;;;;;; 0))
28119 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28121 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28122 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28123 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28127 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28128 Add an item to the tool bar.
28129 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28130 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28131 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28132 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28134 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28135 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28136 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28137 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28139 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28140 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28142 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28144 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28145 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28146 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28147 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28148 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28149 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28151 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28152 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28153 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28154 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28156 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28158 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28159 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28160 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28161 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28162 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28163 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28164 properties to add to the binding.
28166 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28168 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28169 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28171 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28173 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28174 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28175 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28176 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28177 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28178 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28179 properties to add to the binding.
28181 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28182 holds a keymap.
28184 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28186 ;;;***
28188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (21105 26139
28189 ;;;;;; 752484 0))
28190 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28191 (push (purecopy '(tpu-edt 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
28193 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28194 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28195 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28196 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28197 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28198 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28200 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28202 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28203 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28204 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28205 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28206 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28210 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28212 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28213 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28215 \(fn)" t nil)
28217 ;;;***
28219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (20709
28220 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
28221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28223 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28224 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28226 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28227 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28228 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28229 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28230 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28232 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28233 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28234 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28235 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28236 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28238 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28239 (tpu-edt)
28241 Known Problems:
28243 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28244 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28245 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28246 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28247 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28248 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28250 \(fn)" t nil)
28252 ;;;***
28254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21074 35375 473679
28255 ;;;;;; 0))
28256 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28258 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28259 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28260 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28261 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28262 to a tcp server on another machine.
28264 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28266 ;;;***
28268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21162 14870
28269 ;;;;;; 257953 0))
28270 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28272 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28273 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28275 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28277 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28278 Helper function to get internal values.
28279 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28281 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28283 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28284 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28285 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28286 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28287 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28288 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28289 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28290 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28292 To untrace a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28294 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28296 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28297 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28298 Like `trace-function-foreground' but without popping up the trace BUFFER or
28299 changing the window configuration.
28301 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28303 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28305 ;;;***
28307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21141 54458 609734
28308 ;;;;;; 0))
28309 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28311 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28312 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28313 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28315 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28317 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28318 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28320 It can have the following values:
28322 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28323 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28325 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28327 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28328 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28329 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28330 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28332 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28334 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28335 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28336 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28337 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28339 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28340 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28341 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28342 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28343 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28344 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28345 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28346 files which are not really Tramp files.
28348 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28349 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28350 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28351 updated after changing this variable.
28353 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28355 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28356 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28357 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28358 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28360 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28362 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28363 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28364 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28365 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28367 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28368 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28369 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28371 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28372 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28373 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28374 updated after changing this variable.
28376 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28378 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28379 Alist of completion handler functions.
28380 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28381 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28382 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28384 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28385 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28386 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28387 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28389 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28390 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28391 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28392 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28394 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28395 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28396 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28398 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28400 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28401 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28402 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28404 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28405 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28407 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28409 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28412 \(fn)" nil nil)
28414 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28415 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28417 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28419 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28420 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28422 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28424 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28425 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28427 \(fn)" t nil)
28429 ;;;***
28431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21089 2732
28432 ;;;;;; 351717 0))
28433 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28435 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28438 \(fn)" nil nil)
28440 ;;;***
28442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20999 25770 522517
28443 ;;;;;; 0))
28444 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28446 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28447 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28448 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28449 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28450 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28451 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28452 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28453 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28455 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28456 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28457 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28459 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28460 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28461 resumed later.
28463 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28465 ;;;***
28467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20355 10021
28468 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28469 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28471 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28474 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28476 ;;;***
28478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21049
28479 ;;;;;; 1191 520844 232000))
28480 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28481 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28482 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28483 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28485 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28486 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28487 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28488 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28489 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28490 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28491 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28493 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28495 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28496 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28497 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28498 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28500 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28502 \(fn)" t nil)
28504 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28505 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28506 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28507 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28508 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28509 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28510 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28512 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28513 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28515 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28516 \\___/\\
28517 / \\
28518 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28520 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28522 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28524 ;;;***
28526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (20884 7264 912957
28527 ;;;;;; 506000))
28528 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28530 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28531 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28532 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28533 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28534 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28535 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28537 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28539 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28540 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28541 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28543 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28544 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28545 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28546 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28547 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28548 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28549 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28551 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28552 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28554 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28555 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28556 reset the keystroke counter.
28558 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28559 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28560 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28561 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28563 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28564 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28565 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28566 `type-break-schedule' command.
28568 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28569 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28570 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28571 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28572 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28573 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28574 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28575 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28576 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28578 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28579 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28580 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28581 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28582 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28584 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28585 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28586 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28587 approximate good values for this.
28589 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28590 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28592 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28593 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28594 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28595 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28596 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28597 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28599 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28600 a typing break occur. They include:
28602 `type-break-query-mode'
28603 `type-break-query-function'
28604 `type-break-query-interval'
28606 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28608 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28609 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28610 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28611 problems.
28613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28615 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28616 Take a typing break.
28618 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28619 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28621 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28622 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28624 \(fn)" t nil)
28626 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28627 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28628 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28629 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28631 \(fn)" t nil)
28633 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28634 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28636 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28637 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28638 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28639 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28640 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28641 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28642 average typing speed.)
28644 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28645 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28646 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28647 the computed maximum threshold.
28649 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28650 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28651 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28652 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28653 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28655 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28657 ;;;***
28659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21082 29482 330637 0))
28660 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28662 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28663 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28664 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28665 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28666 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28668 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28670 ;;;***
28672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28673 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
28674 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28676 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28677 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28679 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28681 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28682 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28684 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28686 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28687 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28689 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28691 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28692 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28694 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28696 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28697 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28699 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28701 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28702 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28704 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28706 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28707 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28709 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28711 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28712 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28714 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28716 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28717 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28719 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28721 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28722 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28724 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28726 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28727 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28729 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28731 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28732 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28734 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28736 ;;;***
28738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (20709
28739 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
28740 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28742 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28743 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28744 Works by overstriking underscores.
28745 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28746 which specify the range to operate on.
28748 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28750 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28751 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28752 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28753 which specify the range to operate on.
28755 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28757 ;;;***
28759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (20895 15912 444844
28760 ;;;;;; 0))
28761 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28763 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28764 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28765 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28766 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28767 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28768 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28770 \(fn)" nil nil)
28772 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28773 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28774 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28776 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28778 ;;;***
28780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20709 26818
28781 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28782 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28784 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28785 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28786 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28787 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28789 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28791 ;;;***
28793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21172 10041 427978 0))
28794 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28796 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28797 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28798 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28799 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28800 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28802 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28803 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28804 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28805 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28806 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28807 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28809 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28810 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28811 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28813 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28814 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28815 the callback is not called).
28817 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28818 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28819 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28820 take effect.
28822 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28823 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28824 the server.
28825 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28826 URL-encoded before it's used.
28828 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28830 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28831 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28832 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28833 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28834 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28836 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28838 ;;;***
28840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20709 26818 907104
28841 ;;;;;; 0))
28842 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28844 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28845 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28846 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28848 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28849 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28850 `url-generic-parse-url'
28851 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28852 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28853 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28854 realm
28855 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28856 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28857 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28858 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28859 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28860 what type of auth to use
28861 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28862 if one cannot be found in the cache
28864 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28866 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28867 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28869 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28870 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28871 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28872 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28873 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28874 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28875 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28876 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28878 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28880 ;;;***
28882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20751 39094
28883 ;;;;;; 700824 0))
28884 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28886 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28887 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28889 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28891 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28892 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28893 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28895 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28897 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28898 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28900 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28902 ;;;***
28904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20709 26818 907104
28905 ;;;;;; 0))
28906 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28908 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28911 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28913 ;;;***
28915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20891 18859 893295
28916 ;;;;;; 0))
28917 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28919 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28920 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28921 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28923 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28925 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28926 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28927 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28928 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28930 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28931 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28932 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28933 though.
28935 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28937 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28938 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28939 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28941 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28943 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28946 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28948 ;;;***
28950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20709 26818 907104
28951 ;;;;;; 0))
28952 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28954 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28955 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28957 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28959 ;;;***
28961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (20709 26818 907104
28962 ;;;;;; 0))
28963 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28965 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28966 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28968 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28970 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28971 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28972 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28973 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28974 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28976 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28978 ;;;***
28980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (20984
28981 ;;;;;; 58408 354075 0))
28982 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28984 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28985 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28986 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28987 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28988 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28989 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28991 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28993 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28994 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28995 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28996 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28997 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29001 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29002 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29003 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29004 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29006 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29008 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29009 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29010 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29011 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29012 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29013 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29014 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29015 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29016 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29017 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29019 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29021 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29022 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29023 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29024 accessible.
29026 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29028 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29031 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29033 ;;;***
29035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21063 65063 266334
29036 ;;;;;; 0))
29037 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29038 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29040 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29041 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29042 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29043 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29044 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29046 ;;;***
29048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20709 26818 907104
29049 ;;;;;; 0))
29050 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29052 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29055 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29057 ;;;***
29059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20709 26818 907104
29060 ;;;;;; 0))
29061 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29063 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29064 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29065 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29066 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29067 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29069 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29071 ;;;***
29073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (20709 26818
29074 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29075 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29077 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29080 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29082 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29083 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29085 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29087 ;;;***
29089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21047 30582 575560
29090 ;;;;;; 699000))
29091 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29093 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29094 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29096 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29098 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29099 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29101 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29103 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29106 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29108 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29110 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29112 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29114 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29115 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29117 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29119 ;;;***
29121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (20884 7264 912957
29122 ;;;;;; 506000))
29123 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29125 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29128 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29130 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29133 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29135 ;;;***
29137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (20709 26818 907104
29138 ;;;;;; 0))
29139 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29141 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29144 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29146 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29149 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29151 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29154 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29156 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29159 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29161 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29164 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29166 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29169 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29171 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29174 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29176 ;;;***
29178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (20709 26818
29179 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29180 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29182 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29183 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29185 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29187 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29188 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29189 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29191 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29192 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29193 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29194 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29195 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29196 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29197 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29198 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29199 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29200 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29201 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29202 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29203 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29204 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29206 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29207 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29208 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29210 Here is an example. The URL
29212 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29214 parses to
29216 TYPE = \"foo\"
29217 USER = \"bob\"
29218 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29219 HOST = \"example.com\"
29220 PORTSPEC = 42
29221 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29222 TARGET = \"nose\"
29223 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29224 FULLNESS = t
29226 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29228 ;;;***
29230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (20709 26818
29231 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29232 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29234 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29235 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29237 \(fn)" t nil)
29239 ;;;***
29241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (20709 26818
29242 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29243 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29245 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29246 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29247 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29248 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29249 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29250 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29252 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29254 ;;;***
29256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21063 65063 266334
29257 ;;;;;; 0))
29258 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29260 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29261 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29262 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29264 If t, all messages will be logged.
29265 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29266 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29268 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29270 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29273 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29275 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29278 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29280 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29281 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29282 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29283 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29284 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29285 & ==> &amp;
29286 < ==> &lt;
29287 > ==> &gt;
29288 \" ==> &quot;
29290 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29292 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29293 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29294 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29296 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29298 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29299 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29300 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29302 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29304 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29305 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29307 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29309 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29310 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29312 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29314 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29315 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29317 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29319 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29322 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29324 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29327 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29329 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29331 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29332 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29334 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29336 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29337 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29339 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29341 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29344 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29346 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29347 Build a query-string.
29349 Given a QUERY in the form:
29350 '((key1 val1)
29351 (key2 val2)
29352 (key3 val1 val2)
29353 (key4)
29354 (key5 \"\"))
29356 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29358 This will return a string
29359 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29360 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29361 be used.
29363 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29365 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29366 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29368 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29370 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29371 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29372 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29373 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29374 forbidden in URL encoding.
29376 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29378 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29379 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29380 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29381 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29382 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29383 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29385 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29386 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29387 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29388 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29390 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29392 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29393 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29394 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29395 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29396 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29397 should return it unchanged.
29399 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29401 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29402 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29403 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29404 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29406 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29408 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29409 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29410 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29412 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29414 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29415 View the current document's URL.
29416 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29417 the minibuffer.
29419 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29421 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29423 ;;;***
29425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (20998 4934 952905
29426 ;;;;;; 0))
29427 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29429 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29430 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29431 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29432 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29433 to refrain from editing the file
29434 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29435 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29436 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29437 in any way you like.
29439 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29441 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29442 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29443 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29444 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29445 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29447 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29448 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29450 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29452 ;;;***
29454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20709 26818
29455 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29456 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29458 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29461 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29463 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29466 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29468 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29471 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29473 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29476 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29478 ;;;***
29480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
29481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29483 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29484 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29486 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29488 ;;;***
29490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (20709 26818
29491 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29492 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29494 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29495 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29496 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29497 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29499 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29501 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29502 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29503 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29505 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29507 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29508 Uudecode region between START and END.
29509 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29511 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29513 ;;;***
29515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21180 4150 280102 0))
29516 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29518 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29519 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29520 See `run-hooks'.")
29522 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29524 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29525 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29526 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29528 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29530 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29531 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29532 See `run-hooks'.")
29534 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29536 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29537 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29538 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29539 same state. If not, signal an error.
29541 For merging-based version control systems:
29542 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29543 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29544 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29545 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29546 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29547 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29549 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29550 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29551 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29552 the file(s) for editing.
29553 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29554 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29555 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29556 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29557 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29558 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29560 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29562 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29563 Register into a version control system.
29564 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29565 Otherwise register the current file.
29566 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29567 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29569 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29570 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29571 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29572 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29573 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29574 first backend that could register the file is used.
29576 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29578 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29579 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29581 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29583 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29584 Display diffs between file revisions.
29585 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29586 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29587 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29589 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29590 saving the buffer.
29592 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29594 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29595 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29596 repository history using ediff.
29598 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29600 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29601 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29602 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29603 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29604 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29606 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29607 saving the buffer.
29609 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29611 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29612 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29613 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29614 fileset with the working revision.
29615 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29616 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29618 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29619 saving the buffer.
29621 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29623 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29624 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29625 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29626 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29628 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29630 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29631 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29632 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29633 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29635 \(fn)" t nil)
29637 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29638 Perform a version control merge operation.
29639 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29640 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29641 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29642 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29644 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29645 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29646 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29647 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29648 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29649 changes from the current branch.
29651 \(fn)" t nil)
29653 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29655 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29656 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29657 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29658 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29659 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29660 checked out in that new branch.
29662 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29664 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29665 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29666 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29667 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29668 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29669 allowed and simply skipped).
29671 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29673 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29674 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29675 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29676 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29677 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29679 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29680 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29682 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29684 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29685 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29686 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29687 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29688 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29690 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29692 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29693 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29694 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29696 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29698 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29699 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29700 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29702 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29704 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29705 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29706 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29707 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29709 \(fn)" t nil)
29711 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29712 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29713 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29714 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29716 \(fn)" t nil)
29718 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29720 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29721 Update the current fileset or branch.
29722 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29723 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29724 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29725 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29727 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29728 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29729 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29730 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29731 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29735 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29737 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29738 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29739 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29740 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29741 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29742 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29743 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29745 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29747 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29748 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29749 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29750 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29751 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29752 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29753 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29754 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29755 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29757 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29759 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29760 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29761 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29762 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29764 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29766 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29767 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29768 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29769 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29771 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29773 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29774 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29775 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29776 directory.
29778 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29780 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29781 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29782 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29784 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29785 log entries should be gathered.
29787 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29789 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29790 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29792 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29794 ;;;***
29796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21031 51082
29797 ;;;;;; 798722 0))
29798 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29800 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29801 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29803 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29804 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29805 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29806 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29807 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29808 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29810 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29811 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29812 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29813 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29814 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29815 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29816 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29817 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29819 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29821 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29823 Customization variables:
29825 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29826 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29827 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29828 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29830 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29832 ;;;***
29834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21071 59176 747909
29835 ;;;;;; 0))
29836 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29837 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29838 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29839 (progn
29840 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29841 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29843 ;;;***
29845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21041 38058 75002
29846 ;;;;;; 0))
29847 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29849 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29850 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29852 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29853 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29854 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29855 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29856 (progn
29857 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29858 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29860 ;;;***
29862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21071 59176 747909
29863 ;;;;;; 0))
29864 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29865 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29866 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29867 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29868 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29869 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29870 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29872 ;;;***
29874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21053 29224 547064
29875 ;;;;;; 0))
29876 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29878 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29879 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29880 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29881 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29882 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29884 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29885 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29886 The file lines appear later.
29888 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29889 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29891 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29893 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29895 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29897 ;;;***
29899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21143
29900 ;;;;;; 9782 474230 0))
29901 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29903 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29904 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29905 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29906 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29907 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29908 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29909 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29910 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29911 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29912 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29913 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29914 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29915 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29916 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29917 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29919 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29921 ;;;***
29923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21160 54638 30774
29924 ;;;;;; 0))
29925 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29926 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29927 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29928 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29929 (progn
29930 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29931 (vc-git-registered file))))
29933 ;;;***
29935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21031 51082 798722 0))
29936 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29937 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29938 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29939 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29940 (progn
29941 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29942 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29944 ;;;***
29946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21071 59176 747909
29947 ;;;;;; 0))
29948 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29950 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29951 Name of the monotone directory.")
29953 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29954 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29955 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29956 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29957 (progn
29958 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29959 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29961 ;;;***
29963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21113 26590 654875
29964 ;;;;;; 0))
29965 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29967 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29968 Where to look for RCS master files.
29969 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29971 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29973 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29975 ;;;***
29977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21056 5418 85093
29978 ;;;;;; 0))
29979 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29981 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29982 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29983 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29985 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29987 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29989 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29990 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29991 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29992 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29994 ;;;***
29996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21077 42241 670130
29997 ;;;;;; 556000))
29998 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29999 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30000 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30001 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30002 "_svn")
30003 (t ".svn"))))
30004 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30005 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30006 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30008 ;;;***
30010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (20893
30011 ;;;;;; 60586 188550 0))
30012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30013 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30014 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30016 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30017 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30019 Usage:
30020 ------
30022 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30023 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30024 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30025 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30027 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30028 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30029 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30030 completions.
30032 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30033 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30035 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30036 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30038 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30039 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30040 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30042 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30045 Maintenance:
30046 ------------
30048 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30049 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30051 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30053 Official distribution is at
30054 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30057 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30058 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30060 Key bindings:
30061 -------------
30063 \\{vera-mode-map}
30065 \(fn)" t nil)
30067 ;;;***
30069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30070 ;;;;;; (21124 45367 88860 0))
30071 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30073 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30074 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30075 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30076 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30077 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30079 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30081 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30082 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30084 Supports highlighting.
30086 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30087 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30089 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30091 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30092 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30093 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30094 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30095 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30096 on the left side of your screen.
30097 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30098 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30099 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30100 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30101 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30102 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30103 function keyword.
30104 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30105 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30106 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30107 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30108 if (a)
30109 begin
30110 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30111 Indentation for case statements.
30112 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30113 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30114 mark after an end.
30115 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30116 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30117 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30118 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30119 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30120 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30121 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30122 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30123 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30124 if (a)
30125 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30126 otherwise you get:
30127 if (a)
30128 begin
30129 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30130 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30131 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30132 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30133 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30134 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30135 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30136 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30137 comments in tight quarters.
30138 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30139 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30141 Variables controlling other actions:
30143 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30144 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30145 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30147 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30149 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30151 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30152 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30153 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30155 Some other functions are:
30157 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30158 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30159 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30160 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30161 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30163 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30164 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30165 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30166 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30168 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30169 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30170 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30171 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30172 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30173 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30174 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30175 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30176 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30177 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30178 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30179 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30180 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30181 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30182 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30183 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30184 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30185 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30186 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30187 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30188 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30189 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30190 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30191 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30192 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30193 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30194 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30195 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30196 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30197 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30198 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30200 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30201 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30203 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30205 \(fn)" t nil)
30207 ;;;***
30209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (20892
30210 ;;;;;; 39729 858825 0))
30211 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30213 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30214 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30216 Usage:
30217 ------
30219 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30220 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30221 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30222 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30223 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30224 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30225 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30226 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30227 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30229 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30230 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30231 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30232 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30234 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30235 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30236 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30237 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30238 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30240 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30241 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30244 HEADER INSERTION:
30245 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30246 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30247 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30250 STUTTERING:
30251 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30252 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30253 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30254 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30256 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30257 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30258 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30259 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30260 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30263 WORD COMPLETION:
30264 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30265 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30266 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30267 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30269 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30270 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30271 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30272 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30273 beginning with \"std\").
30275 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30276 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30277 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30278 stop.
30281 COMMENTS:
30282 `--' puts a single comment.
30283 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30284 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30285 with a comment in between.
30286 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30287 out following lines.
30288 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30289 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30290 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30291 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30293 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30294 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30295 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30296 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30297 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30298 non-nil.
30300 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30301 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30302 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30303 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30304 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30305 multi-line comments.
30308 INDENTATION:
30309 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30310 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30311 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30312 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30313 the entire region.
30315 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30316 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30317 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30318 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30320 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30321 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30322 and vice versa.
30324 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30325 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30327 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30328 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30329 line.
30332 ALIGNMENT:
30333 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30334 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30335 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30336 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30337 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30338 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30339 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30340 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30342 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30343 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30344 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30345 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30346 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30347 is non-nil.
30349 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30350 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30351 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30353 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30354 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30357 CODE FILLING:
30358 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30359 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30360 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30361 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30362 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30363 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30366 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30367 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30368 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30369 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30370 command:
30372 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30375 PORT TRANSLATION:
30376 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30377 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30378 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30379 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30380 internal signal initializations (menu).
30382 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30383 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30384 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30386 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30387 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30388 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30389 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30390 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30391 in subsequent paste operations.)
30393 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30394 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30395 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30398 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30399 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30400 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30401 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30402 association list with formals).
30405 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30406 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30407 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30408 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30409 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30410 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30411 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30412 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30413 `vhdl-testbench'.
30416 KEY BINDINGS:
30417 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30420 VHDL MENU:
30421 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30424 FILE BROWSER:
30425 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30426 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30427 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30429 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30430 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30433 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30434 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30435 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30436 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30438 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30439 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30440 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30442 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30443 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30444 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30445 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30447 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30448 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30449 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30450 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30451 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30453 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30454 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30455 required by secondary units.
30458 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30459 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30460 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30461 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30462 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30463 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30464 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30465 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30466 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30467 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30468 inputs to this component -> input port created
30469 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30470 outputs from this component -> output port created
30471 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30472 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30474 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30475 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30476 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30477 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30478 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30480 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30481 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30483 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30484 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30485 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30486 component instantiation is also supported (option
30487 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30489 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30490 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30491 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30492 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30493 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30494 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30495 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30496 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30497 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30498 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30499 generating the configuration.
30501 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30502 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30503 configurations in speedbar.
30505 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30508 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30509 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30510 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30511 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30512 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30513 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30514 information. New compilers can be added.
30516 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30517 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30520 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30521 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30522 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30523 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30524 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30526 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30527 command:
30529 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30530 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30531 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30533 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30534 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30535 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30536 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30537 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30538 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30539 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30540 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30541 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30543 Limitations:
30544 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30545 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30546 not (yet) supported.
30547 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30548 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30549 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30552 PROJECTS:
30553 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30554 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30555 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30556 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30557 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30558 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30559 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30560 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30562 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30563 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30564 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30565 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30566 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30567 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30568 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30569 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30570 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30571 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30572 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30575 SPECIAL MENUES:
30576 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30577 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30578 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30579 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30580 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30581 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30582 current directory for VHDL source files.
30585 VHDL STANDARDS:
30586 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30587 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30590 KEYWORD CASE:
30591 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30592 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30593 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30594 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30595 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30596 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30597 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30598 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30601 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30602 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30603 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30604 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30605 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30606 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30607 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30609 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30610 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30611 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30612 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30613 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30614 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30616 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30617 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30618 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30619 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30620 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30621 visually.
30623 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30624 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30625 highlighted if written in lower case.
30627 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30628 highlighted using a different background color if option
30629 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30631 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30632 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30633 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30634 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30635 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30638 USER MODELS:
30639 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30640 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30641 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30644 HIDE/SHOW:
30645 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30646 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30647 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30648 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30649 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30652 CODE UPDATING:
30653 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30654 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30655 Limitations:
30656 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30657 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30658 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30659 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30660 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30661 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30662 (used to obtain the port names).
30663 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30664 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30665 sensitivity lists.
30668 CODE FIXING:
30669 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30670 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30673 PRINTING:
30674 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30675 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30676 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30677 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30678 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30679 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30680 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30681 printers.
30684 OPTIONS:
30685 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30686 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30687 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30688 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30689 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30691 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30692 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30693 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30694 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30695 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30696 INSTALL file).
30698 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30699 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30702 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30703 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30704 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30705 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30707 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30710 HINTS:
30711 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30712 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30714 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30716 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30718 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30721 RELEASE NOTES:
30722 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30725 Maintenance:
30726 ------------
30728 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30729 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30731 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30733 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30734 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30735 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30736 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30738 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30739 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30740 where the latest version can be found.
30743 Known problems:
30744 ---------------
30746 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30747 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30748 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30749 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30752 The VHDL Mode Authors
30753 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30755 Key bindings:
30756 -------------
30758 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30760 \(fn)" t nil)
30762 ;;;***
30764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20929 34089 117790
30765 ;;;;;; 0))
30766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30768 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30769 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30770 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30771 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30773 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30774 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30775 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30776 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30777 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30779 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30780 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30782 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30784 * Limitations and unsupported features
30785 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30786 not supported.
30787 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30788 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30790 * Modifications
30791 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30792 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30793 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30794 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30795 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30796 for undoing a repeated change command.
30797 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30798 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30799 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30801 * Extensions
30802 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30803 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30804 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30805 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30806 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30807 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30808 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30809 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30811 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30813 \(fn)" t nil)
30815 ;;;***
30817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (20826
30818 ;;;;;; 45095 436233 0))
30819 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30821 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30822 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30824 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30826 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30827 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30828 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30829 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30831 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30833 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30834 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30836 \(fn)" t nil)
30838 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30839 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30840 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30841 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30843 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30845 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30846 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30848 \(fn)" t nil)
30850 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30853 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30855 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30858 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30860 ;;;***
30862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
30863 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30865 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30866 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30867 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30869 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30871 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30872 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30873 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30874 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30876 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30878 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30879 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30881 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30883 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30884 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30885 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30886 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30887 moving around in the buffer.
30888 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30889 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30891 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30893 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30895 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30896 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30897 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30898 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30900 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30901 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30902 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30903 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30904 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30906 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30908 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30910 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30911 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30912 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30913 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30914 buffer.
30916 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30917 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30918 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30919 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30920 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30922 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30924 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30926 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30927 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30928 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30929 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30930 moving around in the buffer.
30931 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30932 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30934 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30936 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30937 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30938 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30940 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30941 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30942 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30943 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30945 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30946 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30947 own View-like bindings.
30949 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30951 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30952 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30953 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30954 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30955 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30956 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30957 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30959 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30961 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30963 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30964 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30965 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30967 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30968 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30969 own View-like bindings.
30971 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30973 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30974 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30975 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30976 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30977 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30978 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30979 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30981 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30983 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30985 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30986 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30987 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30989 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30990 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30991 own View-like bindings.
30993 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30995 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30996 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30997 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30998 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30999 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31001 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31002 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31003 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31004 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31006 \\<view-mode-map>
31008 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31009 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31010 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31011 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31012 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31013 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31014 to a repeat count of one.
31016 H, h, ? This message.
31017 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31018 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31019 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31020 > move to the end of buffer.
31021 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31022 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31023 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31024 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31025 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31026 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31027 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31028 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31029 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31030 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31031 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31032 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31033 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31034 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31035 Use this to view a changing file.
31036 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31037 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31038 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31039 . set the mark.
31040 x exchanges point and mark.
31041 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31042 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31043 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31044 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31045 ' go to position saved in character register.
31046 s do forward incremental search.
31047 r do reverse incremental search.
31048 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31049 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31050 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31051 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31052 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31053 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31054 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31055 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31056 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31057 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31058 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31059 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31060 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31061 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31062 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31063 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31064 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31066 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31067 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31068 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31069 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31070 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31071 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31072 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31073 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31074 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31076 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31080 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31081 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31082 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31083 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31084 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31085 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31086 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31087 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31088 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31090 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31092 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31094 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31095 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31096 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31097 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31098 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31099 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31101 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31102 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31103 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31105 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31107 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31109 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31111 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31112 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31114 \(fn)" t nil)
31116 ;;;***
31118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20929 34089 117790
31119 ;;;;;; 0))
31120 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31122 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31123 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31125 \(fn)" nil nil)
31127 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31128 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31130 \(fn)" t nil)
31132 ;;;***
31134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (20954 37295 781599
31135 ;;;;;; 0))
31136 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31137 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31139 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31140 Toggle Viper on/off.
31141 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31143 \(fn)" t nil)
31145 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31146 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31148 \(fn)" t nil)
31150 ;;;***
31152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (20709
31153 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
31154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31156 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31157 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31158 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31159 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31160 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31161 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31162 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31163 the beginning of the warning.")
31165 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31166 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31167 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31168 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31169 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31170 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31171 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31172 also call that function before the next warning.")
31174 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31175 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31177 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31178 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31179 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31180 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31182 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31183 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31184 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31185 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31186 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31187 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31189 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31190 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31191 Default is :warning.
31193 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31194 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31195 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31196 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31197 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31198 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31200 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31201 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31202 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31204 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31206 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31207 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31209 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31211 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31212 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31213 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31214 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31216 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31217 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31218 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31219 can be whatever you like.)
31221 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31222 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31224 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31225 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31226 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31227 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31228 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31230 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31232 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31233 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31234 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31235 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31236 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31238 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31240 ;;;***
31242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
31243 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31244 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31246 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31247 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31248 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31249 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31250 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31251 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31252 directories to reflect your edits.
31254 See `wdired-mode'.
31256 \(fn)" t nil)
31258 ;;;***
31260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20927 49244 970422
31261 ;;;;;; 0))
31262 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31264 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31265 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31267 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31268 hotlist.
31270 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31271 <nwv@acm.org>.
31273 \(fn)" t nil)
31275 ;;;***
31277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (20895
31278 ;;;;;; 15912 444844 0))
31279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31280 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31281 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31283 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31285 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31286 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31287 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31288 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31289 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31290 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31292 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31294 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31295 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31296 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31297 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31298 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31300 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31301 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31302 in certain major modes.
31304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31306 ;;;***
31308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20986 60038 720063
31309 ;;;;;; 0))
31310 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31311 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31313 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31314 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31315 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31316 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31317 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31319 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31320 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31324 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31325 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31326 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31327 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31328 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31330 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31331 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31332 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31333 use `whitespace-mode'.
31335 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31339 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31340 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31341 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31342 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31343 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31344 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31346 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31348 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31349 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31350 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31351 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31352 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31354 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31355 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31359 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31360 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31361 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31362 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31363 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31364 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31366 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31368 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31369 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31370 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31371 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31372 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31374 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31375 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31376 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31377 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31379 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31383 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31384 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31386 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31387 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31389 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31390 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31392 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31394 CHAR MEANING
31395 (VIA FACES)
31396 f toggle face visualization
31397 t toggle TAB visualization
31398 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31399 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31400 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31401 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31402 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31403 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31404 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31405 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31406 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31407 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31408 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31409 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31410 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31411 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31412 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31414 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31415 T toggle TAB visualization
31416 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31417 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31419 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31420 ? display brief help
31422 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31423 The valid symbols are:
31425 face toggle face visualization
31426 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31427 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31428 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31429 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31430 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31431 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31432 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31433 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31434 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31435 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31436 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31437 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31438 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31439 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31440 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31441 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31443 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31444 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31445 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31447 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31449 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31451 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31453 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31454 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31456 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31457 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31459 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31460 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31462 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31464 CHAR MEANING
31465 (VIA FACES)
31466 f toggle face visualization
31467 t toggle TAB visualization
31468 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31469 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31470 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31471 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31472 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31473 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31474 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31475 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31476 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31477 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31478 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31479 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31480 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31481 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31482 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31484 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31485 T toggle TAB visualization
31486 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31487 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31489 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31490 ? display brief help
31492 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31493 The valid symbols are:
31495 face toggle face visualization
31496 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31497 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31498 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31499 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31500 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31501 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31502 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31503 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31504 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31505 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31506 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31507 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31508 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31509 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31510 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31511 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31513 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31514 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31515 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31517 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31519 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31521 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31523 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31524 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31526 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31527 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31528 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31529 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31530 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31532 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31534 The problems cleaned up are:
31536 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31537 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31538 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31539 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31541 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31542 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31543 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31544 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31545 SPACEs.
31546 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31547 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31548 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31549 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31551 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31552 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31553 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31554 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31555 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31556 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31557 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31558 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31560 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31561 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31562 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31564 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31565 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31566 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31567 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31568 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31569 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31570 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31571 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31573 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31574 documentation.
31576 \(fn)" t nil)
31578 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31579 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31581 The problems cleaned up are:
31583 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31584 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31585 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31586 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31587 SPACEs.
31588 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31589 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31590 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31591 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31593 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31594 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31595 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31596 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31597 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31598 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31599 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31600 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31602 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31603 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31604 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31606 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31607 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31608 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31609 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31610 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31611 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31612 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31613 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31615 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31616 documentation.
31618 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31620 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31621 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31623 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31624 non-nil.
31626 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31627 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31628 `whitespace-style' to have:
31630 empty
31631 trailing
31632 indentation
31633 space-before-tab
31634 space-after-tab
31636 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31637 whitespace problems in buffer.
31639 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31641 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31642 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31643 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31644 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31645 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31646 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31647 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31649 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31650 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31651 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31652 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31653 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31654 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31655 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31657 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31658 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31659 cleaning up these problems.
31661 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31663 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31664 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31666 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31667 non-nil.
31669 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31670 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31671 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31673 empty
31674 indentation
31675 space-before-tab
31676 trailing
31677 space-after-tab
31679 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31680 whitespace problems in buffer.
31682 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31684 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31685 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31686 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31687 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31688 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31689 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31690 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31692 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31693 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31694 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31695 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31696 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31697 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31698 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31700 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31701 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31702 cleaning up these problems.
31704 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31706 ;;;***
31708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20709 26818 907104
31709 ;;;;;; 0))
31710 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31712 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31713 Browse the widget under point.
31715 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31717 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31718 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31720 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31722 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31723 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31725 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31727 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31728 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31729 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31730 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31731 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31735 ;;;***
31737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20959 55207 940876
31738 ;;;;;; 0))
31739 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31741 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31742 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31744 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31746 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31747 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31748 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31750 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31752 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31753 Create widget of TYPE.
31754 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31756 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31758 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31759 Delete WIDGET.
31761 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31763 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31764 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31766 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31768 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31769 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31770 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31771 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31773 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31774 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31776 \(fn)" nil nil)
31778 ;;;***
31780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21163 20357 763056
31781 ;;;;;; 0))
31782 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31784 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31785 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31786 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31787 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31788 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31789 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31790 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31794 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31795 Select the window above the current one.
31796 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31797 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31798 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31799 negative ARG) of the current window.
31800 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31804 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31805 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31806 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31807 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31808 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31809 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31810 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31814 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31815 Select the window below the current one.
31816 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31817 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31818 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31819 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31820 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31824 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31825 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31826 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31827 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31829 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31831 ;;;***
31833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
31834 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31836 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31837 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31838 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31839 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31840 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31841 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31843 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31845 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31846 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31847 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31848 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31849 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31850 \\{winner-mode-map}
31852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31854 ;;;***
31856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
31857 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31858 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31860 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31861 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31862 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31863 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31864 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31866 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31868 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31869 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31870 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31871 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31872 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31873 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31874 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31875 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31877 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31878 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31880 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31882 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31883 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31885 \(fn)" t nil)
31887 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31888 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31889 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31890 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31891 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31892 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31893 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31894 `woman' command for further details.
31896 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31898 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31899 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31901 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31903 ;;;***
31905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (21040 17194
31906 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
31907 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31908 (push (purecopy '(ws-mode 0 7)) package--builtin-versions)
31910 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31911 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31913 BUGS:
31914 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31915 are not implemented
31916 - Options for search and replace
31917 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31918 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31920 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31921 Emacs-like.
31923 \(fn)" t nil)
31925 ;;;***
31927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21002 1963 769129 0))
31928 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31930 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31931 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31932 Return the top node with all its children.
31933 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31935 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31936 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31937 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31939 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31941 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31942 namespace to URIs instead.
31944 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31945 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31947 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31949 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31951 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31953 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31954 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31955 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31956 not contain well-formed XML.
31958 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31959 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31960 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31961 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31962 element of the list.
31963 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31964 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31965 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31967 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31969 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31970 namespace to URIs instead.
31972 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31973 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31975 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31977 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31979 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31981 ;;;***
31983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21075 56234 349623
31984 ;;;;;; 0))
31985 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31987 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31988 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31989 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31990 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31991 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31992 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31993 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31994 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31995 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31996 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31998 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32000 ;;;***
32002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20797 44848 327754
32003 ;;;;;; 0))
32004 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32006 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32007 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32008 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32009 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32010 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32011 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32013 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32015 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32016 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32017 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32018 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32019 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32021 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32022 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32023 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32024 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32025 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32026 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32030 ;;;***
32032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
32033 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32035 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32036 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32038 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32040 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32041 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32043 \(fn)" nil nil)
32045 ;;;***
32047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
32048 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32050 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32051 Zone out, completely.
32053 \(fn)" t nil)
32055 ;;;***
32057 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32153 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32154 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32155 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32157 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32187 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32188 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32189 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32190 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32191 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32192 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32195 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32196 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32197 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32198 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32199 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
32200 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32201 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32202 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32203 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32204 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32205 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32206 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32207 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32208 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32209 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32210 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32211 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32212 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
32213 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
32214 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
32215 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
32216 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
32217 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21182 5185 941179
32260 ;;;;;; 157000))
32262 ;;;***
32264 (provide 'loaddefs)
32265 ;; Local Variables:
32266 ;; version-control: never
32267 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32268 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32269 ;; coding: utf-8
32270 ;; End:
32271 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here